FORM 10-K
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 


FORM 10-K

 

þ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number: 1-8443

 


TELOS CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Maryland   52-0880974

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

  (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
19886 Ashburn Road, Ashburn, Virginia   20147
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (703) 724-3800

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

12% Cumulative Exchangeable Redeemable Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer  ¨   Accelerated filer  ¨   Non-accelerated filer  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes  ¨    No  x

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2005: Not applicable

As of March 31,2006, the registrant had outstanding 21,171,202 shares of Class A Common Stock, no par value; and 4,037,628 shares of Class B Common Stock, no par value.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE: None

 



Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PART I

  

Item 1.

 

Business

   3

Item 1A.

 

Risk Factors

   7

Item 1B.

 

Unsolved Staff Comments

   7

Item 2.

 

Properties

   7

Item 3.

 

Legal Proceedings

   7

Item 4.

 

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

   9

PART II

  

Item 5.

 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

   10

Item 6.

 

Selected Financial Data

   10

Item 7.

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   11

Item 7A.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

   20

Item 8.

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

   21

Item 9.

 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

   53

Item 9A.

 

Controls and Procedures

   53

Item 9B.

 

Other Information

   53

PART III

  

Item 10.

 

Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

   54

Item 11.

 

Executive Compensation

   57

Item 12.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

   60

Item 13.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

   63

Item 14.

 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

   63

PART VI

  

Item 15.

 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

   64

Signatures

   67

 

Page 2 of 71


Table of Contents

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This annual report contains statements that constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. In addition, in the future the Company, and others on its behalf, may make statements that constitute forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements may include, without limitation, statements relating to the Company’s plans, objectives or goals; future economic performance or prospects; the potential effect on the Company’s future performance of certain contingencies; and assumptions underlying any such statements.

Words such as “believes,” “anticipates,” “expects,” “intends” and “plans” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements but are not the exclusive means of identifying such statements. The Company does not intend to update these forward-looking statements except as may be required by applicable laws.

By their very nature, forward-looking statements involve inherent risks and uncertainties, both general and specific, and risks exist that predictions, forecasts, projections and other outcomes described or implied in forward-looking statements will not be achieved. The Company cautions you that a number of important factors could cause results to differ materially from the plans, objectives, expectations, estimates and intentions expressed in such forward-looking statements. These factors include (i) market and interest rate fluctuations; (ii) the effects of, and changes in, fiscal, monetary, trade and tax policies, and currency fluctuations; (iii) political and social developments, including war, civil unrest or terrorist activity; (iv) the ability to maintain sufficient liquidity and access to capital markets; (v) operational factors such as systems failure, human error, or the failure to properly implement procedures; (vi) actions taken by regulators with respect to our business; (vii) the effects of changes in laws, regulations or accounting policies or practices, (viii) competition in the geographic and business area in which the Company conducts its operations; (ix) the ability to retain and recruit qualified personnel; (x) the ability to maintain its reputation and promote its products and services; (xi) the ability to increase market share and control expenses; (xii) technological changes; (xiii) the timely development and acceptance of its products and services and the perceived overall value of these products and services by users; (xiv) acquisitions, including the ability to integrate successfully acquired businesses; (xv) the adverse resolution of litigation and other contingencies; and (xvi) its success at managing the risks involved in the foregoing.

The Company cautions you that the foregoing list of important factors is not exclusive; when evaluating forward-looking statements, you should carefully consider the foregoing factors and other uncertainties and events, as well as the risks identified in its most recent filings with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

PART 1

 

Item 1. Business

History and Introduction

Telos Corporation (the “Company” or “Telos”) is a systems integration and services company addressing the information technology needs of U.S. Government customers worldwide. The Company also owns all of the issued and outstanding share capital of Xacta Corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary, that develops, markets, and sells government-validated secure enterprise solutions to government and commercial customers.

Our principle offices are located at 19886 Ashburn Road, Ashburn, Virginia 20147. The Company was incorporated in October 1971. The Company’s web site is www.telos.com, and Xacta’s web site is www.xacta.com. You can learn more about the Company by reviewing its SEC filings on the Telos web site. The SEC also maintains a web site at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy statements and other information regarding SEC registrants, including the Company. We make our website content available for information purposes only. It should not be relied upon for investment purposes, nor is it incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K.

Since 1996, Telos has sold a number of business units that were determined as no longer material to its evolving operational objectives and strategic direction. Most recently, the Company sold its 50% ownership in TelosOK LLC in March 2003. See Note 3 – Sale of TelosOK LLC for more information. In 2002, the Company sold its wholly-owned subsidiary, Telos Corporation-California (TCC) for approximately $20 million. See Note 4 – Sale of Telos Corporation (California).

The Company also owns 19.4%, on a fully diluted basis, of Enterworks, Inc. (“Enterworks”) as of December 31, 2005. See Note 2 – Investment in Enterworks for more information.

 

Page 3 of 71


Table of Contents

Reportable Operating Segments

For the year ended December 31, 2005, Telos generated revenue of $142.6 million. As of December 31, 2005, the Company’s operations are comprised of two operating segments, Managed Solutions (previously known as IT Solutions Group) and Xacta. Descriptions for each of these operating segments are as follows:

Managed Solutions: Develops, markets and sells integration services which address a wide range of government information technology (IT) requirements. Offerings consist of innovative IT solutions consisting of industry leading IT products from original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) with complimentary integration and managed support services provided by Telos. Managed Solutions also provides general IT consulting and integration services in support of various U.S. Government customers. For 2005, Managed Solutions generated revenue of $58.2 million.

Xacta: Develops, markets and sells government-validated secure enterprise solutions to the U.S. Government and financial institutions, to address the growing demand for information security solutions. Xacta provides Secure Wireless LAN solutions, Enterprise Messaging solutions, Identity Management solutions (formerly known as Enterprise Credentialing solutions), Information Security Consulting services and IT Security Management software solutions. For 2005, Xacta generated revenue of $84.4 million.

Major Markets and Significant Activities

Telos operates in a highly competitive marketplace. The Company obtains the majority of its business in response to competitive requests from potential and current customers. Additionally, Telos faces indirect competition from certain U.S. Government agencies that perform “in-house” services similar to those provided by Telos. The Company knows of no single competitor that is dominant in its relative fields of technology, solutions and services.

The entire range of Telos’ services and solutions are offered to U.S. Government agencies and state and local governments. Accordingly, the Company must maintain expert knowledge of federal, state and local agency policies, procedures and operations. The Company’s products and services for U.S. Government agencies in many instances combine a wide range of skills drawn from each of its major product and service offerings. The Company’s commercial client base presently consists of financial institutions and other large commercial organizations that have purchased Xacta’s solutions.

Decisions regarding contract awards by the Company’s U.S. Government customers typically are based upon an assessment of the quality of Telos’ past performance, responsiveness to proposal requirements, uniqueness of the offering itself, price, and other competitive factors.

Telos has strategic business relationships with certain companies in the information technology industry. These strategic partners have business objectives compatible with those of the Company, and offer products and services that complement those of the Company’s. The Company intends to continue development of such relationships wherever they support its marketing, growth and service offering objectives.

Marketing and new business development for the Company is undertaken by virtually all officers and managers of the Company, including the chief executive officer, executive officers, vice presidents, and division managers. The Company employs marketing, new business development and sales professionals who identify and qualify contract and sales opportunities, primarily in the U.S. Government marketplace. The Company’s proprietary software systems are sold primarily by full time sales persons. The Company also has established agreements for the resale of certain third party software products.

The majority of the Company’s business is awarded through submission of formal competitive bids. Commercial bids are frequently negotiated as to terms and conditions such as schedule, specifications, delivery and payment. However, with respect to bids for U.S. Government proposals, in most cases the customer specifies the terms, conditions and form of the contract. In situations where the customer-imposed contract type and/or terms appear to expose the Company to inordinate or unquantifiable risk, the Company may seek alternate arrangements or opt not to bid for such potentially high risk work.

Essentially all contracts with the U.S. Government, and many contracts with state and local government agencies, permit the customers to terminate the contract at any time at their convenience or for default by the contractor. The Company acknowledges the possible adverse impact upon operations of such terminations. Throughout the Company’s 36 years in business, such terminations have been rare and, generally, have not materially and adversely affected operations. As with other companies that do business with the U.S. Government, the Company’s business is subject to Congressional and departmental funding decisions and actions that are therefore beyond its control. The Company’s contracts and subcontracts are generally composed of a wide range of contract vehicles including indefinite delivery/indefinite quantity (“IDIQ”) and government-wide acquisition contracts (known as “GWACS”) which are generally firm fixed-priced or time and materials contracts. For 2005, the Company’s revenue derived from fixed-price and time and material contracts was 83.2% and 16.8%, respectively.

 

Page 4 of 71


Table of Contents

In 2005, the Company derived substantially all of its revenues from contracts and subcontracts with the U.S. Government. Revenue by customer sector for the last three years is as follows:

 

      2005     2004     2003  
     (amount in thousands)  

Department of Defense

   $ 123,905    86.9 %   $ 98,019    84.3 %   $ 69,967    78.6 %

Federal Civilian

     12,747    8.9 %     14,704    12.6 %     15,055    17.0 %

Commercial

     5,943    4.2 %     3,617    3.1 %     3,885    4.4 %
                                       

Total

   $ 142,595    100.0 %   $ 116,340    100.0 %   $ 88,907    100.0 %
                                       

Competition

The segments of the industry in which the Company operates are highly fragmented and based upon the Company’s current market analysis, with no single company or small group of companies is in a dominant competitive position. Some of the large competitors offer capabilities in a number of markets that overlap many of the same areas in which the Company offers services, while certain companies are focused upon only one or a few of such markets. Some of the firms that compete with the Company include: Northrop Grumman, Lockheed Martin and General Dynamics, as well as other small and mid-size firms. In addition, Xacta’s business competes with risk and compliance management companies, organizational messaging companies, security consulting organizations, as well as companies that provide secure wireless offerings.

Employees

As of December 31, 2005, the Company employed 477 people. The services which the Company provides require proficiency in many fields, such as computer science, information security and vulnerability testing, wireless networking technologies, physics, engineering, operations research, economics, and business administration. Of the total Company personnel, 37 are in Managed Solutions and 307 in Xacta. An additional 133 employees provide corporate, sales and administrative services.

The Company places a high value on its employees and constantly competes for highly skilled professionals in virtually all of its competitive arenas. The success and growth of the Company’s businesses is directly related to its ability to recruit, train, promote and retain highly skilled employees at all levels of the organization. As a result, the Company requires its management to determine through internal resources and practices and through engagement of such professional consultants as may be required, so as to assure that the Company will remain competitive in terms of salary structures, incentive compensation programs, fringe benefits, opportunities for growth, and individual recognition and award programs.

The Company has published policies and procedures that establish high standards for the conduct of its employees in recognition of its highly regulated U.S. Government contractor responsibility and its legal and regulatory requirements. The Company requires each of its employees, consultants, officers, and directors to annually execute and affirm a code of ethics and other corporate compliance policies and procedures. Each employee must annually reaffirm their specific awareness of, and commitment to complying with the corporate code of ethics and related compliance, policies and procedures.

Patents, Trademarks, Trade Secrets and Licenses

Intellectual property is critical to the long-term value and success of the Company and accordingly it has invested heavily in intellectual property, in the form of trademarks, service marks, copyrights, patents and other proprietary assets. The Company is committed to vigilant protection of its intellectual property and proprietary information and will use every available resource to protect such investment.

 

Page 5 of 71


Table of Contents

Backlog

Many of the Company’s contracts with the U.S. Government are funded year to year by the procuring U. S. Government agency as determined by the fiscal requirements of the U.S. Government and the respective procuring agency. Such a contracting process results in two distinct categories of backlog: funded and unfunded. Total backlog consists of the aggregate contract revenues remaining to be earned by the Company at a given time over the life of its contracts, whether funded or not. Funded backlog consists of the aggregate contract revenues remaining to be earned by the Company at a given time, but only to the extent, in the case of U.S. Government contracts, when funded by the procuring U. S. Government agency and allotted to the specific contracts. Unfunded backlog is the difference between total backlog and funded backlog. Included in unfunded backlog are revenues which may be earned only when and if customers exercise delivery orders and/or renewal options to continue such existing contracts.

A number of contracts undertaken by the Company extend beyond one year and accordingly, portions of contracts are carried forward from one year to the next as part of the backlog. Because many factors affect the scheduling and continuation of projects, no assurance can be given as to when revenue will be realized on projects included in the Company’s backlog.

At December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Company had total backlog from existing contracts of approximately $118.3 million and $106.4 million, respectively. Of these amounts, approximately $98.8 million and $91.8 million, respectively, were for Xacta’s business with the remaining amount attributed to Managed Solutions. Such amounts are the maximum possible value of additional future orders for systems, products, maintenance and other support services presently allowable under those contracts, including renewal options available on the contracts if fully exercised by the customer.

Approximately $71.9 million and $97.3 million of the total backlog was funded backlog at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

While backlog remains a measurement consideration, in recent years the Company, as well as other U.S. Government contractors, experienced a material change in the manner in which the U. S. Government procures equipment and services. These procurement changes include the growth in the use of General Services Administration (“GSA”) schedules which authorize agencies of the U.S. Government to purchase significant amounts of equipment and services. The use of the GSA schedules results in a significantly shorter and much more flexible procurement cycle, as well as increased competition with many companies holding such schedules. Along with the GSA schedules, the U.S. Government is awarding a large number of omnibus contracts with multiple awardees. Such contracts generally require extensive marketing efforts by the multiple awardees to procure such business. The use of GSA schedules and omnibus contracts, while generally not providing immediate backlog, provide areas of growth that the Company continues to aggressively pursue.

 

Page 6 of 71


Table of Contents
Item 1A. Risk Factors

In addition to other information in this Form 10-K, the following risk factors should be carefully considered in evaluating Telos Corporation (“the Company”) and its business because these factors currently have a significant impact or may have a significant impact on the Company’s business, operating results or financial condition. Actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements contained in this Form 10-K as a result of the risk factors discussed below and elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

The Company’s ability to maintain sufficient liquidity and access to capital markets, including the ability to successfully restructure its balance sheet may have a significant impact on its business.

The Company depends on the U.S. government for a significant portion of its sales. The Company’s sales are highly concentrated with the U.S. government. The customer relationship with the U.S. government involves certain risks that are unique. In each of the past three years, approximately 96 percent of the Company’s net sales were to the U.S. government. U.S. defense spending has historically been cyclical. Defense budgets have received their strongest support when perceived threats to national security raise the level of concern over the country’s safety. As these threats subside, spending on the military tends to decrease. Accordingly, while Department of Defense funding has grown rapidly over the past few years, there is no assurance that this trend will continue. Rising budget deficits, the cost of the Global War on Terrorism and increasing costs for domestic programs continue to put pressure on all areas of discretionary spending, which could ultimately impact the defense budget. Wartime support for defense spending could wane if the country’s troop deployments in support of operations in Iraq and Afghanistan are reduced. A decrease in U.S. government defense spending or changes in spending allocation could result in one or more of the Company’s programs being reduced, delayed or terminated. Reductions in the Company’s existing programs, unless offset by other programs and opportunities, could adversely affect its ability to sustain and grow its future sales and earnings.

U.S. government contracts generally are not fully funded at inception and are subject to termination. The Company’s U.S. government sales are funded by customer budgets, which operate on an October-to-September fiscal year. In February of each year, the President of the United States presents to the Congress the budget for the upcoming fiscal year. This budget proposes funding levels for every federal agency and is the result of months of policy and program reviews throughout the Executive branch. From February through September of each year, the appropriations and authorization committees of Congress review the President’s budget proposals and establish the funding levels for the upcoming fiscal year in appropriations and authorization legislation. Once these levels are enacted into law, the Executive Office of the President administers the funds to the agencies. There are two primary risks associated with this process. First, the process may be delayed or disrupted. Changes in congressional schedules, negotiations for program funding levels or unforeseen world events can interrupt the funding for a program or contract. This, in fact, occurred during the 2006 budget process, in which the defense appropriations bill was not approved until three months into the 2006 fiscal year, delaying contract orders that would have been awarded in 2005. Second, funds for multi-year contracts can be changed in subsequent years in the appropriations process.

In addition, the U.S. government has increasingly relied on indefinite delivery, indefinite quantity (“IDIQ”) contracts and other procurement vehicles that are subject to a competitive bidding and funding process even after the award of the basic contract, adding an additional element of uncertainty to future funding levels. Delays in the funding process or changes in funding can impact the timing of available funds or can lead to changes in program content or termination at the government’s convenience. The loss of anticipated funding or the termination of multiple or large programs could have an adverse effect on the Company’s future sales and earnings.

The Company’s earnings and margins depend on its ability to perform under its contracts. The Company’s contracts require management to make various assumptions and projections about the outcome of future events over a period of several years. These projections can include future labor productivity and availability, the nature and complexity of the work to be performed, the cost and availability of materials, the impact of delayed performance, and the timing of product deliveries. If there is a significant change in one or more of these assumptions, circumstances or estimates, or if the Company is unable to control the costs incurred in performing under these contracts, the profitability of one or more of these contracts may be adversely affected.

The Company’s earnings and margins depend on subcontractor performance and raw material and component availability and pricing. The Company relies on subcontractors and other companies to provide raw materials, major components and subsystems for its products or to perform a portion of the services that the Company provides to its customers. Occasionally, the Company relies on only one or two sources of supply, which, if disrupted, could have an adverse effect on the company’s ability to meet its commitments to customers. The company depends on these subcontractors and vendors to fulfill their contractual obligations in a timely and satisfactory manner in full compliance with customer requirements. If one or more of the Company’s subcontractors or suppliers is unable to satisfactorily provide on a timely basis the agreed-upon supplies or perform the agreed-upon services, the Company’s ability to perform its obligations as a prime contractor may be adversely affected.

        The Company’s future success will depend, in part, on its ability to develop new technologies and maintain a qualified workforce to meet the needs of its customers. Virtually all of the products produced and sold by the Company are highly engineered and require sophisticated manufacturing and system integration techniques and capabilities. Both the government and commercial markets in which the Company operates are characterized by rapidly changing technologies. The product and program needs of the Company’s government and commercial customers change and evolve regularly. Accordingly, the Company’s future performance in part depends on its ability to identify emerging technological trends, develop and manufacture competitive products, and bring those products to market quickly at cost-effective prices. In addition, because of the highly specialized nature of its business, the Company must be able to hire and retain the skilled and appropriately qualified personnel necessary to perform the services required by the Company’s customers. If the Company is unable to develop new products that meet customers’ changing needs or successfully attract and retain qualified personnel, future sales and earnings may be adversely affected.

Developing new technologies entails significant risks and uncertainties that may not be covered by indemnity or insurance. While the Company maintains insurance for some business risks, it is not possible to obtain coverage to protect against all operational risks and liabilities. The Company generally seeks indemnification where the U.S. government is permitted to extend indemnification under applicable law.

Operating results may fluctuate and future revenues and profitability are uncertain.

The Company’s operating results have varied and may fluctuate significantly in the future as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside its control. These factors include the following:

    the long sales and implementation cycles for, and potentially large order sizes of, some of the Company’s security solutions and the timing and execution of individual customer contracts;
    the mix of all products and services sold during a period;
    success in marketing and market acceptance of the Company’s solutions by existing customers and by new customers;
    changes in marketing expenses related to promoting and distributing the Company’s products and services;
    customer renewal rates and turnover of customers of the Company’s services;
    continued development of the Company’s direct and indirect distribution channels for our security solutions both in the U.S. and abroad;
    changes in the level of spending for security and information technology-related products and services by enterprise customers;
    changes in the level of spending for security and information technology-related products and services by enterprise customers;
    the impact of price changes in the Company’s security services or competitors’ products and services; and
    general economic and market conditions as well as economic and market conditions specific to the security and information technology industries.

Operating results may be adversely affected by the uncertain geopolitical environment and unfavorable economic and market conditions.

Adverse economic conditions worldwide have contributed to downturns in the information technology industry in the past and could impact the Company’s business in the future, resulting in:

    reduced demand for the Company’s products and services as a result of a decrease in spending by our customers;
    increased price competition for the Company’s products and services; and
    higher overhead costs as a percentage of revenues.

Recent political turmoil in many parts of the world, including terrorist and military actions, may continue to put pressure on global economic conditions. If the economic and market conditions in the United States and globally do not continue to improve, or if they deteriorate, the Company may experience material adverse impacts on our business, operating results, and financial condition as a consequence of the above factors or otherwise. To address these risks the Company must, among other things:

    successfully market our services to new and existing customers;
    attract, integrate, train, retain and motivate qualified personnel;
    respond to competitive developments;
    successfully introduce new products and services; and
    successfully introduce enhancements to our products and services to address new technologies and standards and changing market conditions

The business environment is highly competitive and, if we do not compete effectively, we may suffer price reductions, reduced gross margins and loss of market share.

Some of the Company’s security solutions have lengthy sales and implementation cycles.

        The Company markets the majority of its security solutions directly to government customers. The sale and implementation of our services to these entities typically involves a lengthy education process and a significant technical evaluation and commitment of capital and other resources. This process is also subject to the risk of delays associated with customers’ internal budgeting and other procedures for approving large capital expenditures, deploying new technologies within their networks and testing and accepting new technologies that affect key operations. As a result, the sales and implementation cycles associated with certain of the Company’s services can be lengthy, potentially lasting from three to nine months. The Company’s quarterly and annual operating results could be materially harmed if orders forecasted for a specific customer for a particular quarter are not realized.

The Company relies on its intellectual property, and any failure to protect, or any misappropriation of, its intellectual property could harm its business.

The Company’s success depends on its internally developed technologies, patents and other intellectual property. Despite its precautions, it may be possible for a third party to copy or otherwise obtain and use the Company’s trade secrets or other forms of our intellectual property without authorization. Furthermore, the laws of foreign countries may not protect the Company’s proprietary rights in those countries to the same extent U.S. law protects these rights in the United States. In addition, it is possible that others may independently develop substantially equivalent intellectual property. If the Company does not effectively protect its intellectual property, its business could suffer. In the future, the Company may have to resort to litigation to enforce its intellectual property rights, to protect its trade secrets or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. This type of litigation, regardless of its outcome, could result in substantial costs and diversion of management and technical resources.

The Company also licenses third-party technology that is used in its products and services to perform key functions. These third-party technology licenses may not continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all. The Company’s business could suffer if it lost the rights to use these technologies. A third-party could claim that the licensed software infringes a patent or other proprietary right. Litigation between the licensor and a third-party or between the Company and a third-party could lead to royalty obligations for which the Company is not indemnified or for which indemnification is insufficient, or the Company may not be able to obtain any additional license on commercially reasonable terms or at all. The loss of, or the Company’s inability to obtain or maintain, any of these technology licenses could delay the introduction of new products or services until equivalent technology, if available, is identified, licensed and integrated. This could harm the Company’s business.

The Company could become subject to claims of infringement of intellectual property of others, which could be costly to defend and which could harm our business.

Claims relating to infringement of intellectual property of others or other similar claims have been made against the Company in the past and could be made against it in the future. Any claims, with or without merit, could be time-consuming, result in costly litigation and diversion of technical and management personnel, cause delays or require the Company to develop non-infringing technology or enter into royalty or licensing agreements. Royalty or licensing agreements, if required, may not be available on acceptable terms or at all. If a successful claim of infringement were made against the Company, it could be required to pay damages or have portions of its business enjoined. If the Company could not develop non-infringing technology or license the infringed or similar technology on a timely and cost-effective basis, the Company’s business could be harmed.

The Company depends on key personnel to manage its business effectively and may not be successful in attracting and retaining such personnel.

The Company depends on the performance of its senior management team and other key employees. The Company’s success also depends on its ability to attract, integrate, train, retain and motivate these individuals and additional highly skilled technical and sales and marketing personnel. In addition, the Company’s stringent hiring practices for its personnel, which consist of background checks into prospective employees’ criminal and financial histories, further limit the number of qualified persons for these positions.

The Company has no employment agreements with any of its key executives that prevent them from leaving the Company at any time. The loss of the services of any of the Company’s senior management team or other key employees or failure to attract, integrate, train, retain and motivate additional key employees could harm its business.

Compliance with rules and regulations concerning corporate governance is costly and could harm the Company’s business.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act mandates, among other things, that companies adopt new corporate governance measures and imposes comprehensive reporting and disclosure requirements, sets stricter independence and financial expertise standards for audit committee members and imposes increased civil and criminal penalties for companies, their Chief Executive Officers and Chief Financial Officers and Directors for securities law violations. For example, Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires companies to do a comprehensive and costly evaluation of their internal controls. These laws, rules and regulations have increased the scope, complexity and cost of our corporate governance, reporting and disclosure practices, and our compliance efforts have required significant management attention. It has become more difficult and more expensive for the Company to obtain director and officer liability insurance. Further, Board members, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer could face an increased risk of personal liability in connection with the performance of their duties. As a result, the Company may have difficulty attracting and retaining qualified Board members and executive officers, which could harm its business.

Any potential future acquisitions, strategic investments, divestitures or mergers may subject the Company to significant risks, any of which could harm the Company’s business.

        The Company’s long-term strategy may include identifying and acquiring, investing in or merging with suitable candidates on acceptable terms or divesting from certain business lines or activities. In particular, over time, the Company may acquire, make investments in, or merge with providers of product offerings that complement its business or divest from activities. Mergers, acquisitions, and divestitures include a number of risks and present financial, managerial and operational challenges, including:

    diversion of management attention from running its existing business;
    possible additional material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting;
    increased expenses including legal, administrative and compensation expenses related to newly hired or terminated employees;
    increased costs to integrate the technology, personnel, customer base and business practices of the acquired company with the Company;
    potential exposure to material liabilities not discovered in the due diligence process;
    potential adverse effects on reported operating results due to possible write-down of goodwill and other intangible assets associated with acquisitions; and
    acquisition financing may not be available on reasonable terms or at all.

Any acquired business, technology, service or product could significantly under-perform relative to the Company’s expectations, and may not achieve the benefits we expect from possible acquisitions. For all these reasons, the Company’s pursuit of an acquisition, investment, divestiture, or merger could cause our actual results to differ materially from those anticipated.

 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

Not applicable.

 

Item 2. Properties

The Company leases 191,700 square feet of space for its corporate headquarters, integration facility, and primary service depot in Ashburn, Virginia. The lease expires in March 2016, with a ten-year extension available at the Company’s option. This facility supports all of the Company’s operating segments.

The Company subleases 5,000 rentable square feet of space at the Ashburn, Virginia facility to its affiliate, Enterworks, Inc. which serves as Enterworks’ corporate headquarters and hosts its operating segments. This sublease will expire on December 31, 2006.

The Company leases additional space in 5 separate facilities located in California, Massachusetts, New Jersey, the District of Columbia and Germany under various leases expiring through March of 2011.

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

The Company is a party to the litigation set forth below.

SecureInfo

On May 6, 2005, SecureInfo Corporation (SecureInfo) filed suit in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia against Telos Corporation, its subsidiary Xacta Corporation, and a Vice President of Xacta, alleging, among other things, copyright infringement and theft of trade secrets. On May 12, 2005, SecureInfo and Telos voluntarily agreed to enter into a temporary restraining order, including a specific denial by Telos of any liability and by which Telos agreed that it would not access SecureInfo’s software. On May 26, 2005, Telos, Xacta, and the Vice President filed a motion to dismiss SecureInfo’s complaint. On June 16, 2005, SecureInfo amended its complaint, adding additional claims and, as additional defendants, Telos’ Chief Executive Officer and Chief Technology Officer, as well as an independent consultant. SecureInfo’s amended complaint asserted a variety of statutory and other claims against Telos for relief, including copyright infringement; violations of the federal Computer Fraud and Abuse Act and federal Racketeer Influenced Corrupt Organization Act; violations of the Virginia Computer Crimes Act and the Virginia Uniform Trade Secrets Act; conspiracy to obtain trade secrets; tortuous interference with contract; combining to injure SecureInfo; trespass to chattels; and detinue. SecureInfo also renewed its motion for preliminary injunction. On July 14, 2005, Telos filed a motion to dismiss all counts in the amended complaint.

On September 9, 2005 the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia granted Telos’ motion to dismiss by dismissing 10 of the 13 counts in the amended complaint: Counts I, II and III (Computer Fraud and Abuse Act), V (fraud and deceit), VI (conspiracy to fraudulently obtain trade secrets by deceit and tortuous interference with contract), VII (common law tortuous interference with contract), VIII (Racketeer Influenced Corrupt Organization Act – RICO), IX (combination to injure Plaintiff’s reputation, trade, or business), X (Virginia Computer Crimes Act), and XII (common law trespass to chattels). Accordingly, all counts against John B. Wood, Chairman and CEO of Telos Corporation were dismissed and substantially all of the counts were dismissed against the other individual officers.

On September 21, 2005, SecureInfo withdrew its motion for a preliminary injunction.

        On November 4, 2005, the magistrate judge denied SecureInfo’s request to amend its complaint for a second time. On November 7, 2005, Telos Corporation, its subsidiary Xacta Corporation, and certain named individual officers, filed an answer to the amended complaint including a patent infringement counterclaim against SecureInfo.

As previously reported in the Form 8-K on March 27, 2006 on the current status of litigation with SecureInfo Corporation (see Item 8.01 Other Events), the Company has entered into a settlement agreement with SecureInfo in which all parties dismissed, with prejudice, all pending claims, including the patent infringement counterclaim. As part of the settlement agreement, Telos agreed to not pursue legal action for patent infringement against SecureInfo for a period of three years from the date of the agreement. In addition, the parties have entered into various business arrangements including software licensing agreements, an OEM agreement and a reseller agreement. A joint stipulation of dismissal was filed on March 22, 2006 with the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia.

 

Page 7 of 71


Table of Contents

Costa Brava

On October 17, 2005, Costa Brava Partnership III, L.P. (“Costa Brava”), a holder of the Company’s Public Preferred Stock, filed a lawsuit in the Circuit Court of Baltimore City in the State of Maryland (“Complaint”) against the Company, its directors, and certain of its officers. According to Amendment No. 6 to Schedule 13D filed by Costa Brava on October 18, 2005, Costa Brava owns 15.9% of the outstanding Public Preferred Stock.

The Complaint alleges that the Company and its officers and directors have engaged in tactics to avoid paying mandatory dividends on the Public Preferred Stock, and asserts that the Public Preferred Stock has characteristics of debt instruments even though issued by the Company in the form of stock. Costa Brava alleges, among other things, that the Company and an Independent Committee of the Board of Directors have done nothing to improve what they claim to be the Company’s insolvency, or its ability to redeem the Public Preferred Stock and pay accrued dividends. They also challenge the bonus payments to the Company’s officers and directors, and consulting fees paid to the holder of a majority of the Company’s common stock.

Costa Brava is seeking the following relief: (I) that the officers and directors who are named in the Complaint be deemed to be involuntary trustees of certain bonus amounts received by them from the Company, and that any proceeds from those bonuses be held in constructive trust for the Company with the duty to return them to the Company; (II) an injunction enjoining the Company from making future bonus payments and further grants of stock options in the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries to any officers and directors unless and until dividend arrearages on the Public Preferred Stock are satisfied in full, and an injunction enjoining any officers and directors who have already received grants of stock options in the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiaries from exercising those options unless and until dividend arrearages on the Public Preferred Stock are satisfied in full; and (III) appointment of a receiver for the Company to take charge of the Company’s assets and operate the business, as necessary and proper to preserve them, and to take such actions as are necessary to remedy and/or prevent the fraudulent conveyances complained of in the Complaint. In the alternative, Costa Brava is seeking (IV) appointment of a receiver for the Company to take charge of the Company’s assets and operate the business; and (V) judicial dissolution of the Company and appointment of a temporary receiver to take charge of the Company’s assets and operate the business. Costa Brava also seeks damages from the officers and directors of the Company.

On December 22, 2005, the Company’s Board of Directors established a Special Litigation Committee comprised of independent directors to review and evaluate the matters raised in the derivative suit filed against the Company by Costa Brava relating to the Company’s Public Preferred Stock. The Special Litigation Committee is investigating, reviewing, and analyzing the allegations made in the derivative suit with respect to certain of the Company’s directors and officers, and making a determination for the Company as to what action the Company should take in connection with those matters, including whether or not to institute litigation against those directors and officers. The members of the Special Litigation Committee are Thomas L. Owsley and Bruce J. Stewart.

On January 9, 2006, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the Complaint or, in the alternative, to stay the action until the Special Litigation Committee had sufficient time to properly investigate and respond to Costa Brava’s demands. On the same day, the Company officers and directors each filed a motion to dismiss for lack of personal jurisdiction and failure to state a claim. The oral arguments were heard on February 28, 2006 before Judge Albert J. Matricciani, Jr.

On March 30, 2006, the court granted the Company’s motions in part and denied them in part. The motion to dismiss filed by the directors was granted with respect to Director Stewart, but denied in all other parts. The motion to dismiss filed by the officers was denied. In the motion filed by the Company, the motion to dismiss was granted with respect to Costa Brava’s demand for an appointment of a receiver to take charge of the Company’s assets and operate the business. In addition, the court granted the motion to dismiss the specific counts of the Complaint with respect to any derivative claims based on transactions or events that occurred prior to January 25, 2005, but denied the motion with respect to the derivative claims based on transactions or events that occurred on or after January 25, 2005. The judge also denied the alternative request for a stay.

On February 8, 2006, Wynnefield Small Cap Value, L.P. (“Wynnefield”) filed a motion to intervene as a matter of right, and in the alternative at the discretion of the court. On February 23, 2006 Telos filed a motion to stay the intervention proceedings pending resolution of its motion to dismiss. The judge issued the order to stay on February 27. Telos opposed Wynnefield’s motion to intervene at a hearing on May 12. On May 16, 2006 the court issued an order denying Wynnefield’s motion to intervene as a matter of right, but granted the motion on permissive grounds since Wynnefield is similarly situated with Costa Brava although their interests are not identical.

 

Page 8 of 71


Table of Contents

The Company’s answer to the complaint was filed on April 28, 2006. A status conference is currently scheduled for May 22, 2006 to discuss scheduling of discovery and related case management issues.

At this early stage of the litigation in which the jurisdiction and the parties have just been established, it is impossible to reasonably determine the degree of probability related to Costa Brava’s success in any of its assertions. Although there can be no assurance as to the ultimate outcome of this litigation, the Company and its officers and directors strenuously deny Costa Brava claims, will vigorously defend the matter, and oppose the relief sought.

Other Litigation

In addition, the Company is a party to litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, while the results of such litigation cannot be predicted with any reasonable degree of certainty, the final outcome of such known matters will not, based upon all available information, have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

The Company’s annual meeting of shareholders was held on November 9, 2005. The only matter set forth at the meeting for common stockholders was the election of directors.

The holders of Common Stock necessary to constitute a quorum (representing 85.92% or 21,659,732 shares of a total of 25,208,830 outstanding shares of Common Stock) were present either in person or represented by proxy or attorney. 100% of the votes represented at the annual meeting were cast for John B. Wood, David Borland, Norman P. Byers, Dr. Fred C. Iklé, Robert J. Marino, Ambassador Langhorne A. Motley, and Bruce J. Stewart who were elected directors for a term of one year, a term to expire at the next annual meeting of shareholders upon the election of their successors. No votes were withheld and there were no broker non-votes.

The matter set forth at the meeting for holders of Public Preferred Stock was the election of 2 Class D directors.

The holders of Public Preferred Stock necessary to constitute a quorum (representing 78.9% or 2,513,486 shares of 3,185,586 outstanding shares) were present either in person or represented by proxy or attorney. Geoffrey B. Baker and Malcolm M.B. Sterrett were elected Class D directors for a term of one year, a term to expire at the next annual meeting of shareholders upon the election of their successors. 78.65% or 1,976,840 of the votes represented at the annual meeting were cast for, and 21.35% or 536,646 of the votes represented at the annual meeting were withheld or cast against Mr. Baker and Mr. Sterrett and there were no broker non-votes.

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee at this time does not operate under a formal charter, however, Board members are nominated pursuant to the following policy: The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee identifies potential candidates for first-time nomination as a director by using a variety of sources such as recommendations from the Company’s management, current Board members, stockholders, and contacts in organizations served by the Company. Stockholders may nominate potential candidates by responding to the Notice of Annual Meeting within the time period set forth therein. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee then conducts an initial review of the potential candidate’s background, including whether he/she meets the minimum qualifications for Board members; whether the individual would be considered independent under NASD and SEC rules; and whether the individual would meet any additional requirements imposed by law or regulation on members of the Audit and/or Management Development and Compensation Committees of the Board. Among the requirements potential candidates should meet are the following: U.S. citizenship; eligibility for security clearance at top secret level; 10 years of corporate or related business experience, preferably having served on corporate Boards or committees; and familiarity with government contracts, the defense industry, and information technology and security. The evaluation process of a potential candidate’s background will not be treated differently whether or not he/she was nominated by a stockholder.

If the initial candidate review is satisfactory, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will arrange an introductory meeting with the candidate and the committee’s chairman or the Company’s CEO or with other directors to determine the potential candidate’s interest in serving on the Board. If the candidate is interested in serving on the Board and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee recommends further consideration, a comprehensive interview conducted by the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, the CEO, other members of the Board, and in some cases, key Company executives, follows.

Upon successful conclusion of the review process, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will present the candidate’s name to the Board of Directors for nomination as a director and inclusion in the Company’s Proxy Statement.

 

Page 9 of 71


Table of Contents

PART II

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

No public market exists for the Company’s Class A or Class B Common Stock. As of December 31, 2005, there were 95 holders of the Company’s Class A Common Stock and 5 holders of the Company’s Class B Common Stock.

No public market exists for the Company’s Series A-1 and Series A-2 Redeemable Preferred Stock (“Senior Redeemable Preferred Stock”). See Note 7 – Redeemable Preferred Stock.

The Company’s 12% Cumulative Exchangeable Redeemable Preferred Stock (“Public Preferred Stock”) is traded on the NASDAQ/ OTCBB Exchange. See Note 7 – Redeemable Preferred Stock.

 

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The following should be read in connection with the accompanying information presented in Item 7 and Item 8 of this document.

OPERATING RESULTS

 

      Year Ended December 31,  
   2005     2004     2003     2002     2001  
   (amounts in thousands)  

Sales (1)

   $ 142,595     $ 116,340     $ 88,907     $ 90,517     $ 112,188  

Operating income (loss)

     (5,863 )     5,944       (3,347 )     (7,596 )     5,911  

(Loss) income before income taxes

     (15,051 )     (2,894 )     1,802       (10,835 )     1,267  

Net (loss) income

     (14,060 )     (2,953 )     (8,685 )     4,025       (671 )

FINANCIAL CONDITION

 

      As of December 31,
   2005    2004    2003    2002    2001
   (amounts in thousands)

Total assets (1)

   $ 41,862    $ 58,517    $ 33,611    $ 45,020    $ 48,760

Senior credit facility (2)

     12,159      11,416      6,497      6,618      12,387

Senior subordinated debt (2)

     5,179      5,179      5,179      5,179      8,179

Capital lease obligations, long-term (3)

     9,239      9,727      10,243      10,647      10,722

Senior redeemable preferred stock (4)

     8,599      8,175      7,751      7,327      6,903

Public preferred stock (4)

     71,008      65,424      59,425      53,561      47,876

 

(1) See Notes 3 & 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 regarding the sale of TelosOK LLC and Telos Corporation (California)

 

(2) See Note 6 the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 regarding debt obligations of the Company.

 

(3) See Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 regarding the capital lease obligations of the Company.

 

(4) See Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 regarding redeemable preferred stock of the Company.

 

Page 10 of 71


Table of Contents
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

General

During 2005, the Company continued its investment in creating value added solutions to address the ever increasing demand for systems integration services and secure enterprise solutions. Some examples of these investments include::

 

    Xacta IA Manager™: In 2005 the Company invested in many user-requested enhancements to Xacta IA ManagerTM. Many of these enhancements served to improve upon the Continuous Assessment and Process Enforcer Editions, which were originally introduced in March of 2003 and March of 2004, respectively. These enhancements allow Xacta IA Manager to further leveraging the rich IT asset information it can automatically collect to facilitate automated risk and compliance management as well as automated vulnerability management and remediation. This automation provided by Xacta IA Manager serves to improve the overall security posture of the network, and when fully deployed, saves systems administrators and information security practitioners time and effort.

 

    Xacta ACL Manager™: In June 2005, the Company launched a new product, Xacta ACL Manager™ that enables organizations to efficiently manage firewall rule-sets and router access control lists (“ACLs”). Managing ACLs is typically a time consuming process that is highly susceptible to manual mistakes that can negatively impact network performance. Xacta ACL Manager software helps address these issues. One important feature of this product is that it allows an organization to manage multiple disparate routers (cross platform) from a single console. This eliminates the need for multiple brand-specific router management consoles. Xacta ACL Manager also allows an organization to quickly simplify firewall rule-sets and router access control lists by eliminating redundant or conflicting rules with a single click. Simplified rules-sets and ACLs improve the performance of firewalls and routers, thereby improving the overall performance of the underlying computer network. Xacta ACL Manager is being marketed to customers across the U.S. Government.

 

    Secure Messaging: The Company’s secure messaging solution is called the Automated Message Handling System (“AMHS”). AMHS version 2003 is the U.S. Government’s exclusive certified stand-alone messaging application. The AMHS 2003 stand-alone architecture is more efficient and cost effective than competitive client/server architectures as it enables users to access their messages securely from a single server using a simple web browser. In addition to its more intuitive user interface, AMHS 2003 provides outbound message processing and numerous advanced message management capabilities such as retrospective search and simplified user profiling, which functionality is essential to large organizations with time sensitive formal message requirements. This application has been successfully fielded to over 50 critical government organizations. AMHS has been selected by the U.S. Air Force, Army, Navy and Marines (collectively, the “U.S. Military Services”) as their NETCENTRIC Enterprise messaging capability. AMHS has also been adopted by the U.S. Coast Guard and various other U.S. Government agencies and organizations. In 2005, the Company began investing in a number of product enhancements to address emerging user requirements. These enhancements will provide existing customers with the additional capability they require and should allow the Company to sell AMHS into new markets.

New Contract Vehicles: In 2005, the Company made a significant investment in developing new business and establishing critical new contract vehicles with the U.S. Government. Specifically, Telos won a multiple award, multi-year, GWAC IT contract with the U.S. Air Force. This NETCENTS contract is mandated for use by the Air Force. Telos has a number of high profile partners on its NETCENTS team including Verizon and EDS, which will thereby sell their products and services through the NETCENTS contract. Though issued by the Department of the Air Force, NETCENTS is a government-wide contract, and therefore has value beyond the Air Force. Additionally, Telos is one of only four small companies awarded prime contracts under NETCENTS. Due to the magnitude of NETCENTS, it will be an important contract vehicle for Telos over the coming years.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements requires management to make judgments based upon estimates and assumptions that are inherently uncertain. Such judgments affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Management continuously evaluates its estimates and assumptions including those related to contract percentage of completion methodology for revenue recognition purposes, inventories, long-lived assets, warranty obligations, income taxes, contingencies and litigation and the carrying values of assets and liabilities. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

 

Page 11 of 71


Table of Contents

The following is a summary of the most critical accounting policies used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

In accordance with APB 18, the Company has reduced the carrying amount of Enterworks investment account. See Note 2 – Investment in Enterworks for more information.

Estimating future costs and, therefore, revenues and profits, is a process requiring a high degree of management judgment. In the event of a change in total estimated contract cost or profit, the cumulative effect of a change is recorded in the period the change in estimate occurs. In the event cost estimates indicate a loss on a contract, the total amount of such loss, excluding general and administrative expense, is recorded in the period in which the loss is first estimated. The Company generally recognizes product revenue as products are delivered, although certain revenue recognition practices are dependent upon contract terms. Revenue for maintenance contracts is recognized over the term of the maintenance contracts.

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, where cost is determined primarily on the first-in, first-out method. Inventories consist primarily of purchased customer off-the-shelf hardware and software, and component computer parts used in connection with system integration services performed by the Company. Inventories also include spare parts utilized to support certain maintenance contracts. Spare parts inventory is amortized on a straight-line basis over five years. An allowance for obsolete, slow-moving or non-salable inventory is provided for all other inventory. This allowance is based on the Company’s overall obsolescence experience and its assessment of future inventory requirements.

The Company records a liability in connection with various warranty obligations. Such warranty obligations are affected by product failure rates and material usage and service delivery costs incurred in correcting a product failure. Should actual product failure rates, material usage or service delivery costs differ from our estimates, revisions to the estimated warranty liability would be required, resulting in additional income statement charges.

Exit from the Systems and Support Services Business

The Company sold its 50% share of TelosOK LLC, on March 10, 2003, which is reported in Note 3—Sale of TelosOK LLC of the Consolidated Financial Statements. TelosOK LLC provided post-deployment and post-production software and systems development and support services including technology insertion, system redesign and software re-engineering. The largest customer of TelosOK LLC was the U.S. Army’s Communications and Electronics Command (“CECOM”) with significant operations at Ft. Sill in Lawton, Oklahoma. TelosOK LLC’s tasks were performed on a time and materials basis and on a firm fixed-price basis.

Results of Operations

The Company derived substantially all of its revenues from contracts and subcontracts with the U.S. Government. The Company’s revenues are generated from a number of contract vehicles and task orders. In general, the Company believes its contract portfolio is characterized as having low to moderate financial risk due to the limited number of long-term fixed price development contracts. The Company’s firm fixed price contracts consist principally of contracts for the purchase of computer equipment at established contract prices or contracts for certification and accreditation services offerings. The Company’s time and material contracts generally allow the pass-through of allowable costs plus a profit margin. For 2005, revenue by contract type was as follows: firm fixed-priced 83.2%, and time and materials, 16.8%.

 

Page 12 of 71


Table of Contents

Statement of Operations Data

The following table sets forth certain consolidated financial data and related percentages for the periods indicated:

 

      Year Ended December 31,  
   2005     2004     2003  
   (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Sales

   $ 142,595     100.0 %   $ 116,340     100.0 %   $ 88,907     100.0 %

Cost of sales

     118,539     83.1       87,723     75.4       74,324     83.6  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     29,919     21.0       22,673     19.5       17,930     20.2  
                                          

Operating (loss) income

     (5,863 )   (4.1 )     5,944     5.1       (3,347 )   (3.8 )

Gain from sale of 50% interest in TelosOK LLC

     —       —         —       —         10,121     11.4  

(Losses) income from affiliates

     (468 )   (0.3 )     —       —         556     0.6  

Other income

     36     —         18     —         14     —    

Interest expense

     (8,756 )   (6.1 )     (8,856 )   (7.6 )     (5,542 )   (6.2 )
                                          

(Loss) income before income taxes

     (15,051 )   (10.5 )     (2,894 )   (2.5 )     1,802     2.0  

Income tax provision

     9     —         59     —         11,487     12.9  
                                          

Loss from continuing operations

     (15,060 )   (10.5 )     (2,953 )   (2.5 )     (9,685 )   (10.9 )

Loss from discontinued operations

     —       —         —       —         —       —    

Gain on sale of TCC

     1,000     0.7       —       —         1,000     1.1  
                                          

Net loss

   $ (14,060 )   (9.8 )%   $ (2,953 )   (2.5 )%   $ (8,685 )   (9.8 )%
                                          

Financial Data by Operating Segment

The Company has two reportable operating segments: Managed Solutions1 (previously known as IT Solutions Group) and Xacta. Prior to December 2004, the Company had two operating segments, the Product Group and the Xacta Group. Sales, gross profit and gross margin by market segment for the periods designated below are as follows:

 

      Year Ended December 31,  
   2005     2004     2003  
   (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Sales:

      

Managed Solutions and other services

   $ 58,246     $ 31,496     $ 41,233  

Xacta

     84,349       84,844       47,674  
                        

Total

   $ 142,595     $ 116,340     $ 88,907  
                        

Gross Profit:

      

Managed Solutions and other services

   $ 4,411     $ 3,624     $ 2,068  

Xacta

     19,645       24,993       12,515  
                        

Total

   $ 24,056     $ 28,617     $ 14,583  
                        

Gross Profit Percentage:

      

Managed Solutions and other services

     7.6 %     11.5 %     5.0 %

Xacta

     23.3 %     29.5 %     26.3 %

Total

     16.9 %     24.6 %     16.4 %

 

1 Name change was for marketing and public relations reasons and represented no organizational or operational changes

 

Page 13 of 71


Table of Contents

Results of Continuing Operations

Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

Revenues. Revenues increased by 22.6% to $142.6 million for 2005, and increased by 30.9% to 116.3 million for 2004 from $88.9 million for 2003. The increase in revenues from 2004 to 2005 period includes an increase of $26.3 million in Managed Solutions’ sales resulting primarily from the NETCENTS contract award in September 2004 and the utilization of such contract vehicle with respect to additional product sales.

Cost of sales. Cost of sales increased 35.1% to $118.5 million for 2005 resulting primarily from an increase in hardware products revenue as discussed above, 23.4% to $87.7 million for 2004. Cost of sales as a percentage of sales increased from 75.4% for 2004 to 83.1% for 2005, and decreased from 83.6% for 2003 to 75.4% for 2004.

Gross profit. Gross profit decreased 16.0 % from $28.6 million for 2004 to $24.1 million for 2005, and increased 96.2 % from $14.6 million for 2003 to $28.6 million for 2004.

Losses (income) from affiliates. The Company recorded $468,000 of losses from affiliate for 2005, representing equity losses from Enterworks in accordance with APB 18. For 2003, the Company recorded $556,000 of income from affiliates, representing cash distribution received from TelosOK. See Note 2 – Investment in Enterworks for more information.

Selling, general, and administrative expenses. Selling, general, and administrative expenses increased 32.1% from $22.7 million for 2004 to $29.9 million for 2005, and increased 26.8% from $17.9 million for 2003 to $ $22.7 million for 2004. Such increases are primarily attributable to litigation costs for 2005, and an increase in bonus accruals for 2004, offset by various cost reduction measures and a decrease in severance costs for 2004.

Interest expense. Interest expense decreased 1.6% from $8.9 million for 2004 to $8.8 million for 2005, due to decrease in annual accretion of Public Preferred Stock, offset by an increase in interest on the Facility. Interest expense increased 59.8% from $5.5 million for 2003 to $8.9 million for 2004, primarily due to the reclassification of preferred stock dividends and accretion as interest in accordance with FAS150, which was effective July 1, 2003. Components of interest expense are as follows:

 

      December 31,
   2005    2004    2003
   (amounts in thousands)

Commercial interest incurred

   $ 2,749    $ 2,432    $ 2,386

Preferred stock interest accrued

     6,007      6,424      3,156
                    

Total

   $ 8,756    $ 8,856    $ 5,542
                    

Provision for income taxes. The Company recorded a provision (benefit) for income taxes of $9,000, $59,000, and $11.5 million for 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The income tax provision of $9,000 for 2005 represents certain minimum state income tax liabilities. The income tax provision of $59,000 for 2004 represents primarily the federal alternative minimum tax and certain state income tax liabilities. In 2003, the Company recorded an income tax provision of $11.5 million, primarily based on the Company’s assessment that the realization of its deferred tax assets did not meet the “more likely than not” criterion under SFAS 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.”

Discontinued Operations

Telos Corporation-California:

In connection with the sale of TCC in July 2002, $2.0 million was held in an escrow account , of which $1.0 million was released in 2003. The Company reported a gain of $1.0 million in 2005, which represents a release of the remaining $1.0 million held in escrow. See Note 4 – Sale of Telos Corporation (California).

 

Page 14 of 71


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company’s capital structure consists of a revolving credit facility, subordinated notes, redeemable preferred stock, and common stock.

Senior Revolving Credit Facility

On October 21, 2002, the Company entered into a $22.5 million Senior Credit Facility Agreement (“Facility”) with Wells Fargo Foothill, Inc. (formerly known as Foothill Capital Corporation) that was originally scheduled to mature on October 21, 2005. In April 2005, the Facility was renewed to include amended terms, primarily a revolving line limit of $15 million and an interest rate of Wells Fargo “prime rate” plus 1%, and extended to mature on October 21, 2008. Pursuant to the terms of the Facility, in lieu of having interest charged at the rate based on the Wells Fargo prime rate, the Company has the option to have interest on all or a portion of the advances on such Facility be charged at a rate of interest based upon the LIBOR Rate, plus 4%. The Company has not exercised this option to date. Borrowings under the Facility are collateralized by substantially all of the Company’s assets including inventory, equipment and accounts receivable. The amount of available borrowings fluctuates based upon the eligible underlying asset borrowing base, as defined in the Facility agreement. The Facility has various covenants that may, among other things, affect the ability of the Company to merge with another entity, sell or transfer certain assets, pay dividends and make other distributions beyond certain limitations. The Facility also required the Company to meet certain financial covenants, including tangible net worth and operating earnings. Since the Facility’s inception, certain financial covenants have been amended and restated to more accurately reflect the Company’s performance. The financial covenants were amended and restated in August 2004, to eliminate the tangible net worth requirement.

At December 31, 2005 and March 31, 2006, the Company was not in compliance with certain of its covenants pursuant to the Facility. Due to the late filing of the 2005 Form 10-K, the Company has not provided audited annual financial statements to the bank within the required 90-day period. In addition, certain cash flow covenants were not achieved. Accordingly, the Company has obtained waivers for any such covenant violations and the Company and Wells Fargo Foothill have agreed upon modified cash flow covenants to more accurately reflect the Company’s future performance based upon revised projections. In addition, as of May 22, 2006, the Company and Wells Fargo Foothill have amended the Facility, to temporarily provide for a four-month over-advance in the amount of $3.0 million, the available balance of which declines over the term. Such over-advance is subject to certain additional covenants and reporting requirements, including a minimum sales requirement.

At December 31, 2005, the Company had outstanding borrowings of $12.2 million and unused borrowing availability of $3.3 million on the Facility. As of December 31, 2005, the interest rate on the Facility was 8.25%.

Cash used by operating activities was $.09 million in 2005, due primarily to the operating losses the Company incurred during the year. Cash used in investing activities was $0.4 million in 2005. The Company generated cash for financing activities in the amount of $0.5 in 2005, primarily due to borrowings from the Facility offset by payments made to reduce capital lease obligations.

Management believes that the Company’s borrowing capacity is sufficient to fund its capital and liquidity needs for the foreseeable future.

Senior Subordinated Notes

The Company’s subordinated notes (“Subordinated Notes”) are held principally by common shareholders and totaled $5.2 million at December 31, 2005. These subordinated notes bear interest at rates between 14% and 17%, due and payable on October 31, 2008. During 2005, the Company paid $757,000 in interest to subordinated note holders. In addition, these notes have a cumulative prepayment premium of 13.5% per annum payable only upon certain circumstances, which if in effect, would be approximately $14.6 million at December 31, 2005. See Note 6 – Debt Obligations.

Redeemable Preferred Stock

The Company currently has two primary classes of redeemable preferred stock - Senior Redeemable Preferred Stock and Public Preferred Stock. Each class carries cumulative dividend rates of 12% to 14.125%. The Company accrues dividends and provides for accretion related to the redeemable preferred stock. At December 31, 2005 the total carrying amount of redeemable preferred stock, including accumulated and unpaid dividends was $79.6 million. During 2005, the Company accrued $4.2 million of dividends on the two classes of redeemable preferred stock.

Mandatory redemption for all shares of the Senior Redeemable Preferred Stock plus all accrued dividends on those shares was scheduled for redemption on October 31, 2005. On April 14, 2005, Toxford Corporation, the holder of 72.6% of the Senior Redeemable Preferred Stock, extended the maturity of its instruments to October 31, 2008. Subject to limitations set forth below, the Company was scheduled to redeem 27.4% of the outstanding shares and accrued dividends outstanding on October 31, 2005. Among the limitations with regard to the mandatory redemptions of the Senior Redeemable Preferred Stock are the legal availability of funds pursuant to Maryland law. Accordingly the Company is precluded by Maryland law from making the scheduled payment. The Senior Redeemable Preferred Stock was therefore not due on demand, or callable, within twelve months from December 31, 2005, and accordingly remaining the 27.4% is also classified as noncurrent.

 

Page 15 of 71


Table of Contents

Mandatory redemption for the Public Preferred Stock is contractually scheduled from 2005 through 2009. Since 1991, the Company has not declared or paid any dividends on its Public Preferred Stock, based upon its interpretation of restrictions in its Articles of Amendment and Restatement, limitations in the terms of the Public Preferred Stock instrument, specific dividend payment restrictions in the Facility entered into with Wells Fargo Foothill, to which the Public Preferred Stock is subject, and other senior obligations and limitations pursuant to Maryland law. Pursuant to their terms, the Company is scheduled to redeem the Public Preferred Stock in five annual tranches during the period 2005 through 2009. However, due to its substantial senior obligations, limitations set forth in the covenants in the Facility, foreseeable capital and operational requirements, restrictions and prohibitions of its Articles of Amendment and Restatement, and provisions of Maryland law, the Company did not make the first scheduled redemption payment, and assuming sufficient liquidity to undertake any stock redemption (which is presently unquantifiable), the Company believes the likelihood is that it will not be able to make the remaining four scheduled redemption payments as set forth in the terms of the Public Preferred Stock instrument. Accordingly, the Public Preferred Stock is not payable on demand, nor callable, for failure to redeem the Public Preferred Stock in accordance with the redemption schedule set forth in the instrument. The Company has therefore classified these securities as noncurrent liabilities on the balance sheet as of December 31, 2004 and 2005.

The Company had previously classified the entirety of its obligation to redeem the Public Preferred Stock as a noncurrent obligation. As stated above, the terms of the Public Preferred Stock provide for a scheduled redemption of the Public Preferred Stock in five annual tranches beginning on December 1, 2005 and concluding on December 1, 2009. However this scheduled redemption is, by the terms of the Public Preferred Stock, subject to the legal availability of funds, any contractual restrictions then binding on the Company (including restrictions under any agreements regarding the borrowing of funds or the extension of credit which is binding upon the Company or any subsidiary of the Company) and applicable state law. For the reasons set out below, the Company concludes that it correctly classified the entirety of its obligation to redeem the Public Preferred Stock as a long-term obligation, but that the specific previously stated basis for such conclusion was incorrect. The Company will therefore continue to classify the entirety of its obligation to redeem the Public Preferred Stock as a long-term obligation.

The previously stated basis, as noted above, of the Company’s classification of the entirety of its obligation to redeem the Public Preferred Stock as a long-term obligation was incorrect. The Company was of the opinion that it had the ability to exchange the Public Preferred Stock for indebtedness that would not become due for payment until 2009. Such incorrect basis failed to take account of the mandatory redemption requirements of the indebtedness for which the Company could exchange the Public Preferred Stock. The Company believed that it had the ability to exchange the Public Preferred Stock on a long-term basis under Article Five, Section C5 of the Company’s Articles of Amendment and Restatement, which permits the Company to exchange the Public Preferred Stock for a 12% Junior Subordinated Debentures Due 2009, and believed that the indebtedness from this refinancing would not become payable until 2009, and would therefore not be subject to any earlier amortization. In fact, the 12% Junior Subordinated Debentures Due 2009 has a mandatory amortization schedule requiring that five payments be made, starting in December 2005 and annually thereafter. The first redemption payment due in December 2005 would thus, if the Company entered into such an exchange, be a short-term liability which would, for the reasons set out below, not be permitted by the Facility with Wells Fargo Foothill.

The Company and certain of its subsidiaries are parties to the Facility agreement with Wells Fargo Foothill, whose term expires on October 21, 2008. Under the Facility, the Company agreed that, so long as any credit under the Facility is available and until full and final payment of the obligations under the Facility, it would not make any distribution or declare or pay any dividends (other than common stock) on its stock, or purchase, acquire, or redeem any stock, or exchange any stock for indebtedness, or retire any stock. The Company continues to actively rely upon the Facility and expects to continue to do so until the Facility expires on October 21, 2008.

Accordingly, notwithstanding the prior incorrect basis for classification referenced above, the Company will continue to classify the entirety of its obligation to redeem the Public Preferred Stock as a long-term obligation. The Wells Fargo Foothill Facility prohibits, among other things, the redemption of any stock, common or preferred, until October 21, 2008. The Public Preferred Stock by its terms cannot be redeemed if doing so would violate the terms of an agreement regarding the borrowing of funds or the extension of credit which is binding upon the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, and it does not include any other provisions that would otherwise require any acceleration of the redemption of or amortization payments with respect to the Public Preferred Stock. Thus, the Public Preferred Stock is not and will not be due on demand, nor callable, within twelve months from December 31, 2005. This classification is consistent with ARB No. 43 and FASB Statement No. 78 (“FASB 78”), “Classification of Obligations that are Callable by the Creditor”.

 

Page 16 of 71


Table of Contents

Paragraph 7 of Chapter 3A of ARB No. 43 defines a current liability, as follows:

“The term current liabilities is used principally to designate obligations whose liquidation is reasonably expected to require the use of existing resources properly classifiable as current assets, or the creation of other current liabilities. As a balance sheet category, the classification is intended to include obligations for items that have entered into the operating cycle, such as payables incurred in the acquisition of materials and supplies to be used in the production of goods or in providing services to be offered for sale; collections received in advance of the delivery of goods or performance of services; and debts that arise from operations directly related to the operating cycle, such as accruals for wages, salaries, commissions, rentals, royalties, and income and other taxes. Other liabilities whose regular and ordinary liquidation is expected to occur within a relatively short period of time, usually 12 months, are also intended for inclusion, such as short-term debts arising from the acquisition of capital assets, serial maturities of long-term obligations, amounts required to be expended within 1 year under sinking fund provisions, and agency obligations arising from the collection or acceptance of cash or other assets for the account of third persons.”

Paragraph 5 of FASB 78, provides the following:

“The current liability classification is also intended to include obligations that, by their terms, are due on demand or will be due on demand within one year (or operating cycle, if longer) from the balance sheet date, even though liquidation may not be expected within that period. It is also intended to include long-term obligations that are or will be callable by the creditor either because the debtor’s violation of a provision of the debt agreement at the balance sheet date makes the obligation callable or because the violation, if not cured within a specified grace period, will make the obligation callable”

If, pursuant to the terms of the Public Preferred Stock, the Company does not redeem the Public Preferred Stock in accordance with the scheduled redemptions described above, the terms of the Public Preferred Stock require the Company to discharge its obligation to redeem the Public Preferred Stock as soon as the Company is capable and permitted to do so.

On any dividend payment date after November 21, 1991, the Company may exchange the Public Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, for 12% Junior Subordinated Debentures that are redeemable upon terms substantially similar to the Public Preferred Stock and subordinated to all indebtedness for borrowed money and like obligations of the Company.

The Public Preferred Stock accrues a semiannual dividend at the annual rate of 12% ($1.20) per share, based on the liquidation preference of $10 per share and is fully cumulative. Dividends in additional shares of the Public Preferred Stock for 1990 and 1991 were paid at the rate of 6% of a share for each $.60 of such dividends not paid in cash. Dividends on the Public Preferred Stock are paid by the Company, when and if declared by the Board of Directors and are required to be paid out of legally available funds in accordance with Maryland law. For the cash dividends payable since December 1, 1995, the Company has accrued $40.1 million as of December 31, 2005. In 2005, the Company accrued cumulative Public Preferred Stock dividends of $3.8 million, which was recorded as interest expense.

The carrying value of the accrued Paid-in-Kind (“PIK”) dividends on the Public Preferred Stock for the period 1992 through June 1995 was $4.0 million. Had the Company accrued cash dividends on the outstanding shares of the Public Preferred Stock for this time period, the total amount accrued would have been $13.4 million. The Company’s Charter, Section 2(a) states, “Any dividends payable with respect to the Exchangeable Preferred Stock (“Public Preferred Stock”) during the first six years after the Effective Date (November 20, 1989) may be paid (subject to restrictions under applicable state law), in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors, in cash or by issuing additional full paid and nonassessable shares of Exchangeable Preferred Stock …”. Accordingly, the Board had the discretion to pay the dividends for the referenced period in cash or by the issuance of additional shares of Public Preferred Stock. During the period in which the Company stated its intent to pay PIK dividends, the Company stated its intention to amend its charter to permit the payment of these by the issuance of additional shares of Public Preferred Stock. In consequence, as required by applicable accounting requirements, the accrual for these dividends was recorded at the estimated fair value (as the average of the ask and bid prices) on the dividend date of the shares of Public Preferred Stock that would have been (but were not) issued. This accrual was $9.4 million lower than the accrual would be if the intent was only to pay the dividend in cash, at that date or any later date.

 

Page 17 of 71


Table of Contents

In March 2006, the Company engaged Jefferies Quarterdeck, a nationally known investment bank, to explore strategic alternatives with respect to its Xacta subsidiary or one or more lines of business of its Xacta subsidiary. The objective of the Company is, if such a process could yield sufficient cash proceeds, to use the proceeds to partially or completely recapitalize its balance sheet. There can be no assurance as to the outcome of this process, or as to the time frame in which this process might be completed.

The Board concluded, in consequence of the commencement of this process by Jefferies Quarterdeck and the ability to pay cash dividends derived from a transaction or transactions sufficient to meet such obligation, that the accrual of PIK dividends for the period 1992 through June 1995 was no longer appropriate. Since 1995, the Company has disclosed in the footnotes to its audited financial statements that the carrying value of the accrued PIK dividends on the Public Preferred Stock for the period 1992 through June 1995 was $4.0 million, and that had the Company accrued cash dividends during this time period, the total amount accrued would have been $13.4 million. The objective of the Company to utilize the proceeds of this strategic process with respect to its Xacta subsidiary to partially or completely recapitalize its balance sheet therefore is inconsistent with any continued intent to pay a PIK dividend by the issuance of any additional shares of Public Preferred Stock. Accordingly on May 12, 2006, the Board of Directors voted to confirm that the Company’s intent with respect to the payment of dividends on the Public Preferred Stock for this period changed from its previously stated intent to pay PIK dividends to that of an intent to pay cash dividends. The Company is therefore changing the accrual from $4.0 million to $13.4 million, the result of which will be to increase the Company’s negative shareholder equity by the difference between those two amount, $9.4 million, by recording an additional $9.4 million charge to interest expense for the second quarter of 2006, resulting in a balance of $81.7 million (pro forma as of March 31, 2006) for the principal amount and all accrued dividends on the Public Preferred Stock. This action is a change in accounting estimate as defined in SFAS 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections,” which replaces APB Opinion No. 20, “Accounting Changes” and FASB Statement No. 3, “Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements.”

To the best of its knowledge, after diligent inquiry, none of the Company’s present directors has disclosed any material financial interest with any holder of the Senior Redeemable Preferred Stock or the Subordinated Notes. Also, other than directors fees and stock options received for their service as members of the Board of Directors of the Company or fees for service as members of the Company’s Proxy Board, none of the non-executive directors receive any consulting or advisory fees or other compensation from the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

Aggregate Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

The following summarizes the Company’s contractual obligations at December 31, 2005, both on and off balance sheet, and their anticipated impact upon the Company’s liquidity and cash flow in future periods (in thousands):

 

      Total    Payments due by Period
      2006    –2007 -
2009
   2010 -
2012
   2013 and
later

Long term debt

   $ 17,351    $ —      $ 17,351    $ —      $ —  

Capital lease obligations

     18,556      1,894      5,453      5,380      5,829

Operating lease obligations

     2,136      510      1,202      424      —  

Senior preferred stock (1)

     8,599      —        8,599      —        —  

Public preferred stock redemption (2)

     71,008      —        71,008      —        —  
                                  

Total

   $ 117,650    $ 2,404    $ 103,613    $ 5,804    $ 5,829
                                  

 

(1) includes dividends accrual

 

(2) includes dividends and accretion accrual, payment of which presumes conditions precedent being satisfied. See Note 7 – Redeemable Preferred Stock

 

Page 18 of 71


Table of Contents

Capital Expenditures

Capital expenditures for property and equipment were $1.4 million in 2005, $1.2 million in 2004 and $235,000 in 2003. The Company presently anticipates capital expenditures of approximately $2.0 million in 2006; however, there can be no assurance that this level of capital expenditures will occur.

Capital Leases and Related Obligations

The Company has various lease agreements for property and equipment that, pursuant to FAS 13 “Accounting for Leases,” require the Company to record the present value of the minimum lease payments for such equipment and property as an asset in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Such assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the related lease.

Inflation

The rate of inflation has been moderate over the past five years and, accordingly, has not had a significant impact on the Company. The Company has generally been able to pass through any increased costs to customers through higher prices to the extent permitted by competitive pressures. The Company’s cost reduction efforts have generally offset the effects of any inflation on the Company’s performance.

New Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2005, the FASB issued Statement No. 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections”, which replaces APB Opinion No. 20, “Accounting Changes” and FASB Statement No. 3, “Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements.” Statement No. 154 requires that a voluntary change in accounting principle be applied retrospectively with all prior period financial statements presented on the new accounting principle. Statement No. 154 also requires that a change in method of depreciating or amortizing a long-lived non-financial asset be accounted for prospectively as a change in estimate, and correction of errors in previously issued financial statements should be termed a “restatement.” Statement No. 154 is effective for accounting changes and correction of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005.

In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement No. 153, “Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets - An Amendment of APB Opinion No. 29,” which eliminates the exception from fair value measurement for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets that do not culminate an earning process under APB Opinion No. 29, “Accounting for Nonmonetary Transactions.” Statement No. 153 requires that the measurement be based on the recorded amount of the assets relinquished for nonmonetary exchanges that do not have commercial substance. A nonmonetary exchange has commercial substance if the future cash flows of the entity are expected to change significantly as a result of the exchange. This standard is effective for nonmonetary asset exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005. The potential effect of Statement No. 153 on the financial statements is currently being considered.

In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.123(R), “Share Based Payment” (“SFAS No. 123(R)”), a revision of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation.” SFAS No. 123(R) supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees.” SFAS No. 123(R) requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the income statement based on their fair values. SFAS No. 123(R) must be adopted by the Company by the third quarter of 2005. In April 2005, the effective date was amended for calendar year companies until the beginning of 2006. The Company currently accounts for shared-based compensation using APB No. 25’s intrinsic value method and, accordingly, recognizes no compensation cost for employee stock options. The Company is in the process of determining which transitional method it will elect upon the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R).

In November 2004, the FASB issued Statement No. 151, “Inventory Costs - an amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4.” Statement No. 151 clarifies the accounting guidance included in Accounting Research Bulletin (“ARB”) No. 43, Chapter 4, “Inventory Pricing” related to abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling and spoilage costs. This statement requires that those items be recognized as current-period charges regardless of whether they meet the criterion of “so abnormal,” as specified by ARB No. 43. In addition, this statement requires that allocation of fixed production overhead to the costs of conversion be based on the normal capacity of the production facilities. Statement No. 151 is effective for inventory costs incurred during fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. The potential effect of Statement No. 151 on the financial statements is currently being considered.

 

Page 19 of 71


Table of Contents

Certain Factors That May Affect Future Results

The following important factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those indicated by forward-looking statements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and presented elsewhere by management from time to time.

A number of uncertainties exist that could affect the Company’s future operating results, including, without limitation, general economic conditions which, in the present economic environment, may include, and adversely affect, the cost and continued availability of adequate capital and financing to support its business; the impact of adverse economic conditions on the Company’s customers and suppliers; the ability to sell assets or to obtain alternative sources of commercially reasonable refinancing to satisfy the Company’s debt; or the ability to successfully restructure its debt obligations. Additional uncertainties include the Company’s ability to convert contract backlog to revenue, the success of the Company’s investment in Xacta and Enterworks and the Company’s access to ongoing development, product support and viable channel partner relationships with its partners and suppliers.

In March 2006, the Company engaged Jefferies Quarterdeck, a nationally known investment bank, to explore strategic alternatives with respect to its Xacta subsidiary or one or more lines of business of its Xacta subsidiary. The objective of the Company is, if such a process could yield sufficient cash proceeds, to use the proceeds to partially or completely recapitalize its balance sheet. There can be no assurance as to the outcome of this process, or as to the time frame in which this process might be completed, and as such actual results may differ materially from those indicated by forward looking statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and presented elsewhere by management from time to time.

While in the past the Company has experienced very minimal contract terminations with the U.S. Government, the U.S. Government can terminate at its convenience. Should such a termination occur, the Company’s operating results could possibly be adversely impacted.

Due to heightened national security and the ongoing military and peacekeeping actions in Iraq and Afghanistan, all U.S. Government programs, especially those pertaining to national security, have been subject to review and reprioritization as evidenced by the Homeland Defense Act, and the continued funding requirements of the U.S. activities in Iraq and Afghanistan. While the Company believes its products and services are well positioned to benefit from such reprioritization of funding, the magnitude of recent and prospective events pertaining to national security serves to emphasize how the Company’s high percentage of revenue derived from business with the U.S. Government could alternatively be dramatically, swiftly and adversely impacted.

In addition, as a high percentage of the Company’s revenue is derived from business with the U.S. Government, the Company’s operating results could also be adversely impacted should the U.S. Government’s annual budget not be approved in a timely fashion.

The Company has many patents and patents pending, trademarks, trade secrets, copyrights and other valuable proprietary information, and the Company has taken reasonable and prudent steps to protect its intellectual property. With regard to the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, Xacta, whose software products require constant monitoring as it routinely develops future releases and creates additional intellectual property, vigilant oversight of such intellectual property rights is imperative. All of the Company’s propriety solutions require constant oversight with regard to the development and protection of their respective intellectual property and trade secrets. Accordingly, any event that brings into question the Company’s ownership of its intellectual property, proprietary information and trade secrets, could, therefore, materially and adversely impact the Company.

 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

The Company is exposed to interest rate volatility with regard to its variable rate debt obligations under its Senior Credit Facility. Interest on the Facility is charged at 1% over the Wells Fargo “prime rate” (as of December 31, 2005 the Wells Fargo “prime rate” was 7.25%), or 5.75%, whichever is higher. The effective average interest rate of the Facility in 2005 was 9.46%. The Facility had an outstanding balance of $12.2 million at December 31, 2005.

 

Page 20 of 71


Table of Contents
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

      Page

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms

   22

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2005, December 31, 2004, and December 31, 2003

   23

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004

   24-25

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2005, December 31, 2004, and December 31, 2003

   26-27

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit for the Years Ended December 31, 2005, December 31, 2004, and December 31, 2003

   28

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   29-53

 

Page 21 of 71


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors and Stockholders

Telos Corporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Telos Corporation and subsidiaries (Company) as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005 These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Telos Corporation and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

As further disclosed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the consolidated financial balance sheet as of December 31, 2004, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2004, have been restated.

 

/s/ Goodman & Company, LLP

Norfolk, Virginia

May 22, 2006

 

Page 22 of 71


Table of Contents

TELOS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(amounts in thousands)

 

      Year Ended December 31,  
      2005     2004
(Restated)
   

2003

(Restated)

 

Revenue

      

Products

   $ 90,976     $ 67,242     $ 51,615  

Services

     51,619       49,098       37,292  
                        
     142,595       116,340       88,907  
                        

Costs and expenses

      

Cost of sales - Products

     79,782       51,346       44,872  

Cost of sales - Services

     38,757       36,377       29,452  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     29,919       22,673       17,930  
                        
     148,458       110,396       92,254  
                        

Operating (loss) income

     (5,863 )     5,944       (3,347 )

Other income (expenses)

      

Non-operating income

     36       18       14  

( Losses) income from affiliates

     (468 )     —         556  

Gain from sale of 50% interest in TelosOK LLC

     —         —         10,121  

Interest expense

     (8,756 )     (8,856 )     (5,542 )
                        

(Loss) income before income taxes

     (15,051 )     (2,894 )     1,802  

Provision for income taxes

     9       59       11,487  
                        

Loss from continuing operations

     (15,060 )     (2,953 )     (9,685 )

Discontinued operations: (Note 4)

      

Gain on sale of TCC

     1,000       —         1,000  
                        

Net loss

     (14,060 )     (2,953 )     (8,685 )

Accretion and dividends of redeemable preferred stock

     —         —         (3,133 )
                        

Net loss attributable to common equity

   $ (14,060 )   $ (2,953 )   $ (11,818 )
                        

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

Page 23 of 71


Table of Contents

TELOS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(amounts in thousands)

 

      December 31,  
   2005    

2004

(Restated)

 
ASSETS     

Current assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents (includes restricted cash of $54 at December 31, 2005 and 2004)

   $ 62     $ 67  

Accounts receivable, net of reserve of $493 and $540, respectively

     24,913       31,672  

Inventories, net of obsolescence reserve of $121 and $83, respectively

     4,318       14,272  

Other current assets

     1,804       1,594  
                

Total current assets

     31,097       47,605  
                

Property and equipment

    

Furniture and equipment

     8,135       7,374  

Leasehold improvements

     1,097       605  

Property and equipment under capital leases

     14,399       14,378  
                
     23,631       22,357  

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (14,310 )     (13,091 )
                
     9,321       9,266  
                

Other assets

     1,444       1,646  
                

Total assets

   $ 41,862     $ 58,517  
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

Page 24 of 71


Table of Contents

TELOS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(amounts in thousands, except share data)

 

      December 31,  
   2005    

2004

(Restated)

 

LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK,

AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

    

Current liabilities

    

Accounts payable

   $ 19,053     $ 22,029  

Accrued compensation and benefits

     4,457       7,838  

Deferred revenue

     5,631       9,603  

Current portion, capital lease obligations

     536       517  

Other current liabilities

     3,205       1,753  
                

Total current liabilities

     32,882       41,740  

Senior credit facility

     12,159       11,416  

Senior subordinated notes

     5,179       5,179  

Capital lease obligations

     9,239       9,727  

Senior redeemable preferred stock (Note 7)

     8,599       8,175  

Public preferred stock (Note 7)

     71,008       65,424  
                

Total liabilities

     139,066       141,661  
                

Stockholders’ deficit

    

Class A common stock, no par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized, 21,171,202 shares issued and outstanding

     65       65  

Class B common stock, no par value, 5,000,000 shares authorized, 4,037,628 shares issued and outstanding

     13       13  

Capital in excess of par

     —         —    

Accumulated deficit

     (97,282 )     (83,222 )
                

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (97,204 )     (83,144 )
                
   $ 41,862     $ 58,517  
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

Page 25 of 71


Table of Contents

TELOS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(amounts in thousands)

 

      Year Ended December 31,  
   2005     2004
(Restated)
   

2003

(Restated)

 

Operating activities:

      

Loss from continuing operations

   $ (15,060 )   $ (2,953 )   $ (9,685 )

Adjustments to reconcile loss from continuing operations to cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

      

Gain from on sale of 50% interest in TelosOK LLC

     —         —         (10,121 )

Dividends and accretion of preferred stock as interest expense

     6,007       6,424       3,155  

Depreciation and amortization

     1,951       1,418       1,587  

Provision for inventory obsolescence

     —         —         664  

Provision for doubtful accounts receivable

     (47 )     54       173  

Deferred income tax provision (benefit)

     —         —         11,477  

Changes in assets and liabilities

      

Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable

     6,806       (14,494 )     1,415  

Decrease (increase) in inventories

     9,637       (10,515 )     (3,379 )

Increase in other assets

     (308 )     (210 )     (589 )

(Decrease) increase in accounts payable and other liabilities

     (9,075 )     17,021       904  
                        

Cash used in operating activities

     (89 )     (3,255 )     (4,399 )
                        

Investing activities:

      

Net proceeds from sale of TelosOK LLC

     —         —         3,994  

Net proceeds from sale of TCC

     1,000       —         1,000  

Purchase of property and equipment

     (1,389 )     (1,156 )     (235 )
                        

Cash (used in) provided by investing activities

     (389 )     (1,156 )     4,759  
                        

Financing activities:

      

Proceeds from (payments on) Senior Credit Facility, net

     743       4,919       (121 )

Increase (decrease) in book overdrafts

     198       (48 )     (178 )

Payments under capital lease obligations

     (468 )     (457 )     (355 )
                        

Cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     473       4,414       (654 )
                        

(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalent

     (5 )     3       (294 )

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year

     67       64       358  
                        

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 62     $ 67     $ 64  
                        

 

Page 26 of 71


Table of Contents
      Year Ended December 31,
   2005    2004    2003

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

        

Cash paid during the year for:

        

Interest

   $ 2,749    $ 2,432    $ 2,413
                    

Income taxes

   $ 65    $ 91    $ 18
                    

Noncash:

        

Interest on redeemable preferred stock

   $ 6,007    $ 6,424    $ 3,155
                    

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

Page 27 of 71


Table of Contents

TELOS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

(amounts in thousands)

 

     

Class A

Common

Stock

   Class B
Common
Stock
  

Capital

In Excess

of Par

    Stockholders
Accumulated
Deficit
   

Total

Deficit

 

Balance December 31, 2002

   $ 65    $ 13    $ 6,127     $ (68,450 )   $ (62,245 )
                                      

Senior redeemable preferred stock dividend

     —        —        —         (211 )     (211 )

Public preferred stock dividend

     —        —        —         (1,912 )     (1,912 )

Public preferred stock accretion

     —        —        —         (1,011 )     (1,011 )

Sale of Telos OK LLC

     —        —        (6,127 )     —         (6,127 )

Net loss for the year

     —        —        —         (8,685 )     (8,685 )
                                      

Balance December 31, 2003

   $ 65    $ 13    $ —       $ (80,269 )   $ (80,191 )
                                      

Net loss for the year

     —        —        —         (2,953 )     (2,953 )
                                      

Balance December 31, 2004

   $ 65    $ 13    $ —       $ (83,222 )   $ (83,144 )
                                      

Net loss for the year

     —        —        —         (14,060 )     (14,060 )
                                      

Balance December 31, 2005

   $ 65    $ 13    $ —       $ (97,282 )   $ (97,204 )
                                      

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

Page 28 of 71


Table of Contents

TELOS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Business and Organization

Telos Corporation (the “Company” or “Telos”) is a systems integration and services company addressing the information technology needs of U.S. Government customers worldwide. The Company also owns all of the issued and outstanding share capital of Xacta Corporation, a subsidiary that develops, markets and sells U.S. Government-validated secure enterprise solutions to federal, state and local government agencies and to financial institutions.

Since 1996, Telos has sold a number of business units that were no longer a part of its strategic plan. These businesses were: Telos Consulting Services, Telos Information Systems, Telos Field Engineering and Telos Corporation (California). In 2003, the Company sold its 50% interest in TelosOK LLC for consideration of $4.0 million. Refer to Note 3—Sale of TelosOK LLC for more information. These business dispositions and ventures have enabled Telos to reduce the utilization of its senior credit facility (“ Facility”) from a high of $56.9 million in 1997 to $12.2 million at December 31, 2005.

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Telos and its subsidiaries including Ubiquity.com, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary, Xacta Corporation and Telos Delaware, Inc., all of whose issued and outstanding share capital is owned by the Company (collectively, the “Company”). The Company has applied the equity method of accounting for its investment in Enterworks, Inc. (Enterworks). In December 2003, the Company purchased a 50% interest in Enterworks International, Inc. which, at the time of the transaction, was a wholly owned subsidiary of Enterworks. Given the Company’s indirect investment in Enterworks International, Inc. via Enterworks, and its direct 50% interest in Enterworks International, Inc. the Company is required to consolidate Enterworks International, As the Company’s investment in Enterworks International was immaterial to its financial position and, as this investment was acquired on December 24, 2003, its results of operations for 2003, Enterworks International was not consolidated for 2003. See Note 1 – Accounting Changes and Note 2 – Investment in Enterworks. Significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements include contract percentage-of-completion methodology, allowance for doubtful accounts receivable, allowance for inventory obsolescence, the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets, employee benefits, property and equipment and other noncurrent assets, including software development costs. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition

Revenues are recognized in accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 101, “Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements” as amended by SAB 104, “Revenue Recognition.” The Company considers amounts earned upon evidence that an arrangement has been obtained, services are delivered, fees are fixed or determinable, and collectibility is reasonably assured. Additionally, revenues on arrangements requiring the delivery of more than one product or service are recognized in accordance with EITF 00-21, “Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables” except as the pronouncement states, on contracts where higher-level GAAP (such as SOP 97-2 as described below) prevails.

The Company recognizes revenues for software arrangements upon persuasive evidence of an arrangement, delivery of the software, and determination that collection of a fixed or determinable license fee is probable. Revenues for software licenses sold on a subscription basis are recognized ratably over the related license terms. For arrangements where the sale of software licenses are bundled with other products, including software products, upgrades and enhancements, post-contract customer support (“PCS”), and installation, the relative fair value of each element is determined based on vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”). VSOE is defined by Statement of Position 97-2, “Software Revenue Recognition” (“SOP 97-2”), and Statement of Position 98-9, “Modification of SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition With Respect to Certain Transactions” (“SOP 98-9”), and is limited to the price charged when the element is sold separately or if the element is not yet sold separately, the fair value assigned under the residual method or the price set by management having the relevant authority. If VSOE does not exist for the allocation of revenue to the various elements of the arrangement, all revenue from the arrangement is deferred until the earlier of the point at which (1) such VSOE does exist or (2) all elements of the arrangement are delivered. PCS revenues, upon being unbundled from a software license fee, are recognized ratably over the PCS period.

Substantially all of the Company’s contracts are contracts with the U.S. Government involving the complex delivery of technology products and services. Accordingly, these contracts are within the scope of the AICPA’s Audit and Accounting Guide for Audits of Federal Government Contractors. To the extent contracts are incomplete at the end of an accounting period; revenue is recognized on the percentage-of-completion method using costs incurred in relation to total estimated costs.

 

Page 29 of 71


Table of Contents

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. The Company’s cash management program utilizes zero balance accounts. Accordingly, all book overdraft balances have been reclassified to accounts payable, to the extent that availability of funds exists on the Company’s revolving credit facility.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, where cost is determined on the weighted average method. Substantially all inventories consist of purchased customer off-the-shelf hardware and software, and component computer parts used in connection with system integration services performed by the Company. Inventories, net of accumulated amortization, also include spare parts of $816,000 and $597,000 at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, which are utilized to support maintenance contracts. Spare parts inventory is amortized on a straight-line basis over four to five years. An allowance for obsolete, slow-moving or non-salable inventory is provided for all other inventory. This allowance is based on the Company’s overall obsolescence experience and its assessment of future inventory requirements. This charge is taken primarily due to the age of the specific inventory and the significant additional costs that would be necessary to upgrade to current standards as well as the lack of forecasted sales for such inventory in the near future. Gross inventory is $4.8 million and $14.5 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. As of December 31, 2005, it is management’s judgment that the Company has fully provided for any potential inventory obsolescence.

The components of the allowance for inventory obsolescence are set forth below (in thousands):

 

     

Balance
Beginning
of

Year

   Additions
Charge to
Costs and
Expense
   Deductions    

Balance

End

of

Year

Year Ended December 31, 2005

   $ 83    $ 54    $ (16 )   $ 121

Year Ended December 31, 2004

   $ 546    $ —      $ (463 )   $ 83

Year Ended December 31, 2003

   $ 2,291    $ 664    $ (2,409 )   $ 546

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is recorded at cost. Depreciation is provided on the straight-line method at rates based on the estimated useful lives of the individual assets or classes of assets as follows:

 

Buildings

   20 Years

Machinery and equipment

   3-5 Years

Office furniture and fixtures

   5 Years

Leasehold improvements

   Life of Lease

Leased property meeting certain criteria is capitalized at the present value of the related minimum lease payments. Amortization of property and equipment under capital leases is computed on the straight-line method over the term of the related lease.

Upon sale or retirement of property and equipment, the costs and related accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the accounts, and any gain or loss on such disposition is reflected in the statement of operations. Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to operations as incurred.

The Company’s policy on internal use software is in accordance with Statement of Position 98-1 (“SOP 98-1”), “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use.” This standard requires companies to capitalize qualifying computer software costs which are incurred during the application development stage and amortize them over the software’s estimated useful life.

Depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment, including property and equipment under capital leases, was $1.6 million, $1.2 million and $1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Other Assets

The balance as of December 31, 2005 consists primarily of certain escrow deposits related to the lease of the Ashburn facility, the carrying value of the Company’s investment in Enterworks, and the capitalized costs related to EPX software. See Note 2 – Investment in Enterworks and Note 4 – Sale of Telos Corporation (California).

 

Page 30 of 71


Table of Contents

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” Under this asset and liability method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences of temporary differences and income tax credits. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured by applying enacted statutory tax rates that are applicable to the future years in which deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be settled or realized for differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of existing assets and liabilities. Any change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in net income in the period in which the tax rate change is enacted. The Company provides a valuation allowance that reduces deferred tax assets when it is “more likely than not” that deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Stock Based Compensation and New Accounting Pronouncement

In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), “Share Based Payment” (“SFAS No. 123(R)”), a revision of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation.” SFAS No. 123(R) supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees.” SFAS No. 123(R) requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, be recognized in the income statement based on their fair values. SFAS No. 123(R) must be adopted by the Company by the third quarter of 2005. In April 2005, the effective date was amended for calendar year companies until the beginning of 2006. The Company currently accounts for shared-based compensation using APB No. 25’s intrinsic value method and, accordingly, recognizes no compensation cost for employee stock options. The Company is in the process of determining which transitional method it will elect upon the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R).

The Company has applied the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 123, as amended by SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation and Disclosure, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 123.” Under those provisions, the Company has provided pro forma disclosures as if the fair value measurement provisions of SFAS No. 123 had been used in determining compensation expense (See Note 8).

The Company used the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the pro forma impact under SFAS Nos. 123 and 148 on the Company’s net income. The model utilizes certain information, such as the interest rate on a risk-free security maturing generally at the same time as the option being valued and requires certain assumptions, such as the expected amount of time an option will be outstanding until it is exercised or expired, to calculate the fair value of stock options granted.

Had the Company recorded compensation cost consistent with SFAS No. 123 methodology, net income (loss) would have been:

 

      December 31,  
   2005     2004     2003  
   (amounts in thousands)  

Net loss, as reported

   $ (14,060 )   $ (2,953 )   $ (8,685 )

Deduct: Net stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method

     (121 )     (247 )     (271 )
                        

Pro forma net loss

   $ (14,181 )   $ (3,200 )   $ (8,956 )
                        

Significant assumptions used in determining the fair value of each option grant at the date of grant were as follows:

 

Expected dividend yield

     —         —       —  

Expected stock price volatility

     —         —       —  

Risk free interest rate

     3.76 %     2.65 %   —  

Expected life of options

     4.1yrs       4.0 yrs     —  

Weighted-average fair value of options granted

   $ 0.09     $ 0.07     —  

Research and Development

The Company charges all research and development costs to expense as incurred. For software research and development expenses, such costs are capitalized once technological feasibility is reached. During 2005, 2004, and 2003, the Company incurred approximately $0.9 million, $0.8 million and $0.9 million in research and development salary costs, respectively.

Earnings per Share

As the Company does not have publicly held common stock or potential common stock, no earnings per share data is reported for any of the years presented.

 

Page 31 of 71


Table of Contents

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income includes changes in equity (net assets) during a period from non-owner sources. The Company has no comprehensive income (loss) components other than its net income (loss).

Financial Instruments

The Company uses various methods and assumptions to estimate the fair value of its financial instruments. Due to their short-term nature, the carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximates fair value. The fair value of long-term debt is based on the discounted cash flows for similar term borrowings based on market prices for the same or similar issues. The Company has not estimated the fair value of its subordinated debt or its redeemable preferred stock. The Company does not deem such estimation practicable due to the unique features of these instruments.

Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve matters of judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

Reclassifications and Restatement Adjustments

Certain reclassifications have been made to the 2005, 2004 and 2003 financial statements to conform to the current period presentation. Additional material reclassifications had been required in order to conform to the recent accounting pronouncements of FAS 150 (as discussed below and in Note 7 – Redeemable Preferred Stock).

As noted in Note 14 – Subsequent Events, on April 28, 2006, the Company engaged Goodman & Company, LLP to re-audit the Company’s financial results for the year ended December 31, 2003 and to address certain accounting issues and related disclosures for such period. The issues in question relate to certain enhanced disclosures, financial statement presentations, and cost classifications.

 

Page 32 of 71


Table of Contents

The reclassification and restatement adjustments to amounts previously presented in the consolidated statements of operations are summarized below:

 

Year Ended December 31, 2004

(in thousands)

  

As Previously

Reported

    Adjustments     Reference    As Restated

Revenue

   $ 116,705     $ (116,705 )   a    $ —  

Products

     —         67,242     a      67,242

Services

     —         49,098     a, b      49,098
                         
   $ 116,705     $ (365 )      $ 116,340
                         

Cost of sales

   $ 88,088     $ (88,088 )   b    $ —  

Products

     —         51,346     b      51,346

Services

     —         36,377     b, c      36,377
                         
   $ 88,088     $ (365 )      $ 87,723
                         

Year Ended December 31, 2003

(in thousands)

  

As Previously

Reported

    Restatement
Adjustments
    Reference    As Restated

Revenue

   $ 88,443     $ (88,443 )   a    $ —  

Products

     —         51,346     a      51,346

Services

     —         36,377     a, c      36,377
                         
     88,443     $ 464        $ 88,907
                         

Cost of sales

   $ 71,359     $ (71,359 )   b    $ —  

Products

     —         44,872     b      44,872

Services

     —         29,452     b, c, d, e, g      29,452
                         
   $ 71,359     $ 2,965        $ 74,324
                         

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     19,027       (1,097 )   f, g      17,930

Losses from affiliates

     (848 )     1,404     f      556

The reclassification and restatement adjustments to amounts previously presented in the consolidated balance sheets are summarized below:

 

Year Ended December 31, 2004

(in thousands)

  

As Previously

Reported

    Adjustments     Reference    As Restated  

Property and equipment

   $ 23,207     $ (850 )   h    $ 22,357  

Accumulated depreciation

     (13,141 )     50     h      (13,091 )
                           
   $ 10,066     $ (800 )      $ 9,266  
                           

Other assets

     846       800     h      1,646  

Deferred revenue

     9,238       365     c      9,603  

Other current liabilities

     2,118       (365 )   c      1,753  

Year Ended December 31, 2003

(in thousands)

  

As Previously

Reported

    Restatement
Adjustments
    Reference    As Restated  

Property and equipment

   $ 21,843     $ (100 )   h    $ 21,743  

Accumulated depreciation

     (12,475 )     —            (12,475 )
                           
   $ 9,368     $ (100 )      $ 9,268  
                           

Other assets

     912       100     h      1,012  

Deferred revenue

     8,296       (1,787 )   c      6,509  

Other current liabilities

     2,042       1,787     c      3,829  

 

Page 33 of 71


Table of Contents

The reclassification and restatement adjustments to amounts previously presented in the consolidated statement of cash flows are summarized below:

 

Year Ended December 31, 2004

(in thousands)

  

As Previously

Reported

    Adjustments     Reference    As Restated  

Operating activities:

         

Decrease (increase) in other assets

   $ 540     $ (700 )   h    $ (160 )

Investing activities:

         

Purchase of property and equipment

     (1,906 )     700     h      (1,206 )

Year Ended December 31, 2003

(in thousands)

  

As Previously

Reported

    Adjustments     Reference    As Restated  

Operating activities:

         

Decrease in other assets

   $ (489 )   $ (100 )   h    $ (589 )

Investing activities:

         

Purchase of property and equipment

     (335 )     100     h      (235 )

a  -   Restatement of aggregate Revenue into Product Revenue and Services Revenue

The Company previously reported Revenue in the aggregate on the face of the income statement. The Company has restated the revenue amounts so that Product Revenue and Services Revenue are presented separately, consistent with the criteria set forth in 5-03(b) of Regulation S-X.

b  -   Restatement of aggregate Cost of Sales into Product Cost of Sales and Services Cost of Sales

The Company previously reported Cost of Sales in the aggregate on the face of the income statement. The Company has restated the Cost of Sales amounts so that Product Cost of Sales and Services Cost of Sales are presented separately, consistent with the criteria set forth in 5-03(b) of Regulation S-X.

c  -    Restatement of warranty expense, warranty liability and revenue associated with non-separately priced warranties

For 2004, the restatement resulted in a decrease in Revenue of $365,000 and a decrease in Cost of Sales of $365,000. The restatement also increased Deferred Revenue by $365,000 and decreased Other Current Liabilities by $365,000.

For 2003, the restatement resulted in an increase in Revenue of $464,000 and an increase in Cost of Sales of $464,000. The restatement also decreased Deferred Revenue by $1,787,000 and increased Other Current Liabilities by $1,787,000.

d  -   Reclassification of litigation settlement

For 2003, the Company reclassified a litigation settlement of $1,071,000 previously credited on its books from Cost of Sales to Selling, General and Administrative Expense, consistent with the criteria set forth in 5-03(b) of Regulation S-X.

e  -   Reclassification of write-down of 2003 Enterworks Process Exchange software license agreement

For 2003, the Company reclassified $902,000 from Losses from Affiliates to Cost of Sales as a result of the write-down of the carrying value of software purchased under the original equipment manufacturer software license agreement.

f  -   Reclassification of write-down of investment in Enterworks International

For 2003, the Company reclassified $500,000 from Losses from Affiliates to Selling, General and Administrative Expense as a result of the write-down of the Company’s investment in Enterworks International.

g  -   Reclassification of allocated indirect expenses

For 2003, the Company reclassified $528,000 from Selling, General and Administrative Expense to Cost of Sales as a result of reallocating certain 2003 indirect expenses consistent with the 2004 implementation of a new accounting system.

h  -   Reclassification of Enterworks Process Exchange software

For 2003, the Company reclassified the Enterworks Process Exchange software balance of $100,000 from Property and Equipment to Other Assets.

For 2004, the Company reclassified the Enterworks Process Exchange software balance (net of accumulated amortization) of $800,000 from Property and Equipment to Other Assets.

Accounting Changes

In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity.” SFAS 150 requires that certain financial instruments, which under previous guidance were accounted for as equity, must now be accounted for as liabilities. The financial instruments affected include mandatorily redeemable stock, certain financial instruments that require or may require the issuer to buy back some of its shares in exchange for cash or other assets and certain obligations that can be settled with shares of stock. SFAS 150 is effective for all financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. On November 7, 2003, the FASB issued FSP FAS 150-3 which deferred certain areas of FAS 150 including the measurement provisions of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock. Accordingly, the Company has continued to accrue dividends on the preferred stock, but was required to reclassify its preferred stock as a liability in accordance with the standard. Also, dividends are now required to be reported as a component of interest expense.

 

Page 34 of 71


Table of Contents

Note 2. Investment in Enterworks

Enterworks, Inc.

As of December 31, 2005, the Company owns 671,968 shares of common stock of Enterworks, Inc. (“Enterworks”), 729,731 shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock and 1,793,903 shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock, subsequent to Enterworks’ recapitalization which occurred on October 14, 2005. This equates to a fully diluted ownership percentage of 19.4%. Prior to the recapitalization, the Company owned 17,153,059 shares of Enterworks common stock, 1,785,714 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and held warrants to purchase 6,374,997 underlying common stock shares. This equates to a fully diluted ownership percentage of 21.5%. The Company accounts for its investment in Enterworks as prescribed by APB 18, “The Equity Method of Accounting for Investments in Common Stock.”

All notes receivable from Enterworks previously owned by the Company totaling $4.0 million were converted into 215,500 shares of Enterworks’ common stock and 729,731 shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock as a result of the Enterworks recapitalization mentioned aboved. Approximately $3.3 million of such notes were received in exchange for rent and professional services performed by the Company pursuant to a lease and an inter-company services agreement. In accordance with APB 18 and EITF 98-13 “Accounting by an Equity Method Investor for Investee Losses when the Investor has Loans to and Investments in Other Securities of the Investee,” the Company reduced the carrying amounts of the notes to zero during 2004 and 2003, as the Company’s share of the Enterworks losses exceeded the carrying value of the notes. All of such notes issued to the Company in 2003 and 2002 include a provision for repayment of four times principal and accrued interest in the event that Enterworks liquidates, enters into dissolution or seeks bankruptcy protection. The remaining $.7 million was acquired as a result of a purchase agreement with a third-party in August 2005, whereby the Company acquired 1,785,714 shares of Enterworks Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, 1,875,000 warrants to purchase Enterworks common stock, and $.7 million of Enterworks Demand 10% Convertible Promissory Notes.

Enterworks’ losses for 2005 amounted to approximately $2.3 million, and in accordance with APB 18 and based on the 20.3% voting interest ownership percentage, the Company’s recorded $468,000 of equity losses from Enterworks as losses from affiliate. Additionally, the Company further evaluated its Enterworks investment in accordance with SFAS 142 and recorded an impairment loss in the amount of $125,000, reducing its investment in Enterworks to approximately $92,000.

On April 30, 2006, Enterworks completed a transaction in which it purchased 100% of the common stock of a small content publishing company. In consideration for this purchase, Enterworks issued approximately 8.1 million shares of its common stock to the acquired company’s stockholders. As of April 30, 2006, Telos’ ownership in Enterworks, on a fully diluted basis, was reduced to 12.6%.

In December 2003, the Company entered into a two-year Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) software license agreement (“SLA”) with Enterworks that, pursuant to an earn-out provision is comprised of cumulative license fees and/or Company services to Enterworks equal to at least $2.0 million. The Company provided initial consideration of $1.0 million, comprised of a $100,000 cash payment and Company services in the amount of $900,000, including $300,000 for rent and services from July 2003 to December 2003, and an additional $600,000 for rent and services for 2004. In addition to the above-described exchange, as part of the December 2003 agreement, the Company agreed to pay royalties of $1.0 million for a period of two years and, upon payment of cumulative license fees and/or company services to Enterworks equal to at least $2.0 million, will own a worldwide, non-exclusive, perpetual, irrevocable, royalty-free, fully paid-up license for the Enterworks Process Exchange™ (EPX) software. As of December 31, 2004, the Company paid approximately $294,000 in such royalties. In December 2004, the Company entered into an amended agreement with Enterworks in which Enterworks acknowledged that the Company had met the earn-out requirements and now owns the above-mentioned license. As part of the amended agreement, the Company paid an additional $350,000 and waived the $400,000 fee for rent and services for 2005. Additionally, in exchange for a one-time fixed fee of $300,000, Enterworks provides the Company with maintenance and OEM technical product support for two years, commencing in January of 2005; and for $15,000 per month thereafter. The one-time fixed fee is being amortized over two years.

In accordance with FASB Statement No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” intangible assets acquired shall be initially recognized and measured at fair value. As such, the Company has capitalized $850,000 in consideration paid for EPX software ($100,000 in 2003 and $750,000 in 2004), and has reflected this asset on the balance sheet in “Other Assets”.

 

Page 35 of 71


Table of Contents

In May 2006, the Company and Enterworks amended their agreement for services and sublease (“Agreement for Services and Sublease”) effective as of January 1, 2006. Pursuant to the agreement, Telos shall continue to sublease office space in its Ashburn facility and provide certain general, administrative and support services to Enterworks, for an aggregate amount of $210,000 per year, payable in 12 equal installments of $17,500 per month.

Pursuant to its terms, upon execution of the Agreement for Services and Sublease, the equivalent of five monthly payments, or $87,500, for the period from January 1, 2006 through May 31, 2006, became due to Telos from Enterworks. Under the terms of the Agreement for Services and Sublease, Enterworks must bring the arrearage current by June 30, 2006.

Enterworks International, Inc.

In December 2003, the Company purchased a 50% interest in Enterworks International(“EI”), which at the time of the transaction was a wholly-owned subsidiary of Enterworks, for $500,000. Pursuant to the terms of the stock purchase agreement and the stockholder agreement (“Agreement”) setting forth the transaction, the Company agreed to fund up to 50% of EI’s 2004 operating costs for an amount not to exceed $300,000 in 2004 (and certain direct expenses that amounted to $89,000 in 2004), and 50% of such operating costs and certain expenses thereafter. Such costs incurred and recorded amounted to approximately $607,000 for 2005. Beginning in 2004, such costs have been consolidated with the Company’s results of operations.

Pursuant to the Agreement, the Company and Enterworks are required to fund the operations of EI according to a funding schedule set forth in the Agreement. For calendar year 2005, Enterworks has been unable to fund its proportionate share of the scheduled funding, which amounted to $664,000 as of October 14, 2005, and as such the $664,000 was funded and expensed by the Company. However, as a result of Enterworks’ recapitalization effort, the $664,000 was converted into 1,793,903 shares of Enterworks’ Series B-1 Preferred Stock and was recorded as an investment in Enterworks. However, as discussed above, amounts capitalized for this investment were evaluated for impairment and adjusted accordingly.

As a result of additional funding by the Company late in the year, the Company funded an additional $58,000 for EI on behalf of Enterworks. In 2006 Enterworks has been unable to fund its proportionate share of the scheduled funding, which amounted to $245,000 as of March 17, 2006. Consistent with subsection 3.4(d) of the Agreement, the non-defaulting party (Telos) has the right to transfer ownership (pursuant to a Penalty Ownership calculation) of the defaulting party’s interest in Enterworks International, Inc. The Agreement also provides for a cure period for the defaulting party, which has been waived. On May 19, 2006, the Company provided notice to Enterworks of its default and, pursuant to the waiver of the cure period by Enterworks, exercised its rights under the Agreement to transfer the calculated ownership percentage to the Company. The amount of the default set forth in the notice was approximately $303,000. Subsequent to the exercise, the Company now owns 80% of Enterworks International.

Note 3. Sale of TelosOK LLC

On March 10, 2003 the Company and other TelosOK LLC investors (“Purchaser”) entered into a unit purchase agreement whereby the Company sold all of its 50% interest in TelosOK LLC for a total cash consideration of $4.0 million. The Company had accounted for its investment in TelosOK LLC under the equity method and, at the time of this transaction, had negative basis for its investment. The parties also agreed to 12 monthly payments to the Company in the amount of $45,000 per month, expiring on March 10, 2004, or a total of $540,000, to recover its fixed infrastructure costs associated with providing certain accounting and support services, and the Company has recorded these payments as other service revenue.

In a separate agreement, the Company would continue to provide certain accounting and support services to TelosOK LLC for a period of 12 months, expiring on March 10, 2004, in the additional amount of $45,000 per month, or an additional total of $540,000. These payments have been recorded as other service revenue.

As additional consideration for the sale of the membership units, the Company and TelosOK LLC committed to certain “non-compete” and “non-solicitation” agreements between the two parties. The “non-solicitation” commitment provided for a sole exception relating to the employment by TelosOK LLC of the former President, CEO and Director of the Company. At the effective date of closing, all Telos Corporation employees serving as officers of TelosOK LLC resigned their positions in TelosOK LLC.

Upon the sale of its interest in TelosOK LLC, the Company recognized a gain of approximately $10.1 million, comprised of $6.1 million of deferred gain and $4.0 million of gain from the proceeds received in March 2003. The deferred gain was recorded in July 2000 as a result of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 81 which required the gain be deferred until the Company disposed of its interest in TelosOK LLC.

 

Page 36 of 71


Table of Contents

Note 4. Sale of Telos Corporation (California)

On July 19, 2002, the Company and L-3 Communications Corporation (“L-3”) entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement whereby the Company sold all of the issued and outstanding shares of its wholly owned subsidiary, Telos Corporation (California) (“TCC”) to L-3 for a purchase price of approximately $20 million which included: 1) approximately $15.3 million to the Company at closing; 2) $2.0 million held in an escrow account, $1.0 million of which was released and paid in October 2003 and the remaining $1.0 million was released and paid in February 2005. During the 30-month period after July 19, 2002, the escrow amount may be subject to a reduction if any claims for indemnification by L-3 arise that are finally determined in favor of L-3 per the terms and conditions of the mutually agreed upon dispute resolution process; and 3) approximately $2.7 million held back as deposits for liabilities relating to the leased Ashburn facility in which at the time of closing TCC was a lessee or guarantor. Approximately $1 million of such hold-back was released and paid in August 2002, $0.8 million paid in August 2004 with the remaining $0.8 million scheduled to be released in August 2007. The resulting gain of $10.9 million included the write-off of $2.5 million of goodwill previously recorded for TCC.

According to the Stock Purchase Agreement, the purchase price was to be increased or decreased on a dollar for dollar basis by the amount by which the closing date net assets deviated from $2.3 million. The closing date net assets were $4.6 million, an increase of an additional $2.3 million. Such amount was invoiced by the Company and collected in October 2002 from L-3. Accordingly, as a result of the increase in purchase price during the fourth quarter 2002, the Company adjusted the gain by $2.3 million to $13.2 million. The Company recognized a bonus accrual for certain key employees considered critical to the sale in the amount of $560,000 and, accordingly, the gain was adjusted to $12.6 million. In accordance with the Company’s Senior Credit Facility, proceeds from the sale were used to pay down the Company’s Facility.

As additional consideration for the sale of the shares of TCC, the Company and its affiliates committed to certain “Non-Compete” and “Non-Solicitation” provisions relating primarily to the business and employees associated with its TCC/Ft. Monmouth operations.

The sale of TCC has been treated as a discontinued operation in accordance with SFAS 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.” Pursuant to SFAS 144, the revenue, costs and expenses of TCC have been excluded from their respective captions in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and the net results of these operations have been reported separately as “Income (loss) from discontinued operations.” Results from discontinued operations are reported net of tax benefit of $761,000 for the year 2002. Also included in the discontinued results from operations is allocated interest expense of $608,000 for the year 2002. Interest has been allocated based on the net assets of the discontinued operation in relation to the Company’s consolidated net assets plus non-specific debt. TCC had revenue of $24.7 million for the year 2002.

 

Page 37 of 71


Table of Contents

Note 5. Revenue and Accounts Receivable

Revenue resulting from contracts and subcontracts with the U.S. Government, and state and local governments accounted for 95.8%, 96.9% and 95.6% of consolidated revenue in 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively. Total consolidated revenue derived from the U.S. Government for 2005 includes 86.9% of revenue from contracts with the Department of Defense agencies, and 8.9% of revenue from Federal Civilian Agencies. As the Company’s primary customer base includes agencies of the U.S. Government, the Company has a concentration of credit risk associated with its accounts receivable. While the Company acknowledges the potentially material and adverse risk of such a significant concentration of credit risk, the Company’s past experience of collecting substantially all of such receivables provide it with an informed basis that any such risk is manageable. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of all of its customers and generally does not require collateral or other guarantee from its customers. The Company maintains allowances for potential losses.

The components of accounts receivable are as follows (in thousands):

 

      December 31,  
   2005     2004  

Billed accounts receivable

   $ 20,127     $ 26,661  

Amounts currently billable and other

     5,279       5,551  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (493 )     (540 )
                
   $ 24,913     $ 31,672  
                

The activities in the allowance for doubtful accounts are set forth below (in thousands):

 

     

Balance
Beginning

of Year

   Bad Debt
Expenses
   Deductions (1)    

Balance
End

of Year

Year ended December 31, 2005

   $ 540    $ —      $ (47 )   $ 493

Year ended December 31, 2004

   $ 487    $ 54    $ (1 )   $ 540

Year ended December 31, 2003

   $ 381    $ 173    $ (67 )   $ 487

 

(1) Accounts receivable written-off, allowance reversals and recoveries, net

 

Page 38 of 71


Table of Contents

Note 6. Debt Obligations

Senior Revolving Credit Facility

On October 21, 2002, the Company entered into a $22.5 million Senior Revolving Credit Facility (“Facility”) with Wells Fargo Foothill, Inc. (“Wells Fargo Foothill”) (formerly known as Foothill Capital Corporation) that was originally scheduled to mature on October 21, 2005. In April 2005, the Facility was renewed to include amended terms, primarily a revolving line limit of $15 million and an interest rate of Wells Fargo “prime rate” plus 1%, and extended to mature on October 21, 2008. Pursuant to the terms of the Facility, in lieu of having interest charged at the rate based on the Wells Fargo prime rate, the Company has the option to have interest on all or a portion of the advances on such Facility be charged at a rate of interest based upon the LIBOR Rate, plus 4%. The Company has not exercised this option to date. Borrowings under the Facility are collateralized by substantially all of the Company’s assets including inventory, equipment, and accounts receivable. The amount of available borrowings fluctuates based on the underlying asset-borrowing base, as defined in the Facility agreement.

In October 2002, the Company paid an origination fee of $225,000 at the date of closing. Interest on the Facility was charged at 1.25% over the Wells Fargo “prime rate” (as of December 31, 2004 the Wells Fargo “prime rate” was 5.25%), or 5.75%, whichever is higher. Effective April 2005, the interest rate is the Wells Fargo “prime rate” plus 1% (as of December 31, 2005 the Wells Fargo “prime rate” was 7.25%). The effective weighted average interest rate (including various fees charged pursuant to the Facility agreement) on the outstanding borrowings under the Facility was 9.46% for 2005, compared with 9.14% for 2004 and 11.47% for 2003.

The Facility has various covenants that may, among other things, affect the ability of the Company to merge with another entity, sell or transfer certain assets, pay dividends and make other distributions beyond certain limitations. The Facility also required the Company to meet certain financial covenants, including tangible net worth and operating earnings. Since the Facility’s inception, certain financial covenants have been amended and restated to more accurately reflect the Company’s performance. The financial covenants were amended and restated in August 2004, to eliminate the tangible net worth requirement.

At December 31, 2005 and March 31, 2006, the Company was not in compliance with certain of its covenants pursuant to the Facility. Due to the late filing of the 2005 Form 10-K, the Company has not provided audited annual financial statements to the bank within the required 90-day period. In addition, certain cash flow covenants were not achieved. Accordingly, the Company has obtained waivers for any such covenant violations and the Company and Wells Fargo Foothill have agreed upon modified cash flow covenants to more accurately reflect the Company’s future performance based upon revised projections. In addition, as of May 22, 2006, the Company and Wells Fargo Foothill have amended the Facility, to temporarily provide for a four-month over-advance in the amount of $3.0 million, the available balance of which declines over the term. Such over-advance is subject to certain additional covenants and reporting requirements, including a minimum sales requirement.

At December 31, 2005, the Company had outstanding borrowings of $12.2 million and unused borrowing availability of $3.3 million on the Facility. As of December 31, 2005, the interest rate on the Facility was 8.25%.

Senior Subordinated Notes

In 1995, the Company issued Senior Subordinated Notes (“Notes”) to certain shareholders. Such Notes are classified as either Series B or Series C. The Series B Notes are secured by the Company’s property and equipment. The Series C Notes are unsecured. The maturity date of such Notes is October 31, 2008 with interest rates ranging from 14% to 17%, and payable quarterly on January 1, April 1, July 1, and October 1 of each year. The Notes can be prepaid at the Company’s option. However, the Notes have a cumulative prepayment premium of 13.5% per annum payable only upon certain circumstances, which include, but are not limited to, an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock or a significant refinancing (“qualifying triggering event”), to the extent that net proceeds from either of the above events are received to pay such cumulative prepayment premium. Due to the contingent nature of the cumulative premium payment, any associated premium expense can only be quantified and recorded subsequent to the occurrence of such a qualifying triggering event. At December 31, 2005, if such a qualifying triggering event were to occur, the cumulative prepayment premium would be approximately $14.6 million.

The Company retired $3 million of the Series B Notes in October 2002 upon the initial funding of the Facility. In consideration for such requested payment, the note holders waived the prepayment penalty on such Notes, which were due May 2003.

The balances of the Series B and C Notes were $2.5 million and $2.7 million, respectively, each at December 31, 2005 and 2004.

The following are maturities of obligations presented by year (in thousands):

 

      Year    Obligation Due

Senior Subordinated Debt

   2008    $ 5,1791

Senior Credit Facility

   2008    $ 12,1592

 

1 Pursuant to Section 17 of a Subordination Agreement entered into in conjunction with the Facility, the senior subordinated note holders and the Company have extended the maturity date of the Notes to October 31, 2008.

 

2 Balance due represents balance as of December 31, 2005, however, the Senior Credit Facility is a revolving credit facility with fluctuating balances based on working capital requirements of the Company.

 

Page 39 of 71


Table of Contents

Note 7. Redeemable Preferred Stock

Senior Redeemable Preferred Stock

The components of the authorized, issued and outstanding senior redeemable preferred stock (“Senior Redeemable Preferred Stock”) are 1,250 Series A-1 and 1,750 Series A-2 senior redeemable preferred shares, respectively, each with $.01 par value. The Senior Redeemable Preferred Stock carries a cumulative per annum dividend rate of 14.125% of its liquidation value of $1,000 per share. The dividends are payable semiannually on June 30 and December 31 of each year. The liquidation preference of the Senior Redeemable Preferred Stock is the face amount of the Series A-1 and A-2 ($1,000 per share), plus all accrued and unpaid dividends. The Company was required to redeem all shares and accrued dividends outstanding on October 31, 2005. However, on April 14, 2005, Toxford Corporation, the holder of 72.6% of the Senior Redeemable Preferred Stock, extended the maturity of its instruments to October 31, 2008. Subject to limitations set forth below, the Company was scheduled to redeem 27.4% of the outstanding shares and accrued dividends outstanding on October 31, 2005. Among the limitations with regard to the mandatory redemptions of the Senior Redeemable Public Preferred Stock are the legal availability of funds, pursuant to Maryland law. Accordingly the Company is precluded by Maryland law from making the scheduled payment. As the Senior Redeemable Preferred Stock is not due on demand, or callable, within twelve months from December 31, 2005, the remaining 27.4% is also classified as noncurrent.

The Senior Redeemable Preferred Stock is senior to all other present equity of the Company, including the Public Preferred Stock. The Series A-1 ranks on a parity with the Series A-2. The Company has not declared dividends on its Senior Redeemable Preferred Stock since its issuance. At December 31, 2005 and 2004 cumulative undeclared, unpaid dividends relating to Series A-1 and A-2 Redeemable Preferred stock totaled $5.6 and $5.2 million, respectively.

During 2005, 2004, and 2003 the Company accrued senior redeemable preferred stock dividends of $424,000 in each year, of which $424,000, $424,000 and $213,000 were reported as interest expense in those respective years. Prior to the effective date of SFAS 150 on July 1, 2003, such dividends were charged to stockholders’ equity deficit.

12% Cumulative Exchangeable Redeemable Preferred Stock

A maximum of 6,000,000 shares of 12% Cumulative Exchangeable Redeemable Preferred Stock (the “Public Preferred Stock”), par value $.01 per share, has been authorized for issuance. The Company initially issued 2,858,723 shares of the Public Preferred Stock pursuant to the acquisition of the Company during fiscal year 1990. The Public Preferred Stock was recorded at fair value on the date of original issue, November 21, 1989, and the Company makes periodic accretions under the interest method of the excess of the redemption value over the recorded value. Accretion for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 was $1.8 million and $2.2 million, respectively, which were reported as interest expense in those respective years. The Company declared stock dividends totaling 736,863 shares in 1990 and 1991. Since 1991, no other dividends, in stock or cash, have been declared. In November 1998, the Company retired 410,000 shares of the Public Preferred Stock. The total number of shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2005 was 3,185,586. The stock trades over the NASDAQ/ OTCBB Exchange.

Since 1991, the Company has not declared or paid any dividends on its Public Preferred Stock, based upon its interpretation of restrictions in its Articles of Amendment and Restatement, limitations in the terms of the Public Preferred Stock instrument, specific dividend payment restrictions in the Facility entered into with Wells Fargo Foothill to which the Public Preferred Stock is subject, and other senior obligations, and limitations pursuant to Maryland law. Pursuant to their terms, the Company is scheduled to redeem the Public Preferred Stock in five annual tranches during the period 2005 through 2009. However, due to its substantial senior obligations, limitations set forth in the covenants in the Facility, foreseeable capital and operational requirements, restrictions and prohibitions of its Articles of Amendment and Restatement, and provisions of Maryland law, the Company did not make the first scheduled redemption payment, and assuming insufficient liquidity to undertake any stock redemption (which is presently unquantifiable), the Company believes that the likelihood is that it will not be able to make the remaining four scheduled redemption payments as set forth in the terms of the Public Preferred Stock. Accordingly, the Public Preferred Stock is not payable on demand, nor callable, for failure to redeem the Public Preferred Stock in accordance with the redemption schedule set forth in the instrument. The Company has therefore classified these securities as noncurrent liabilities on the balance sheet as of December 31, 2005 and 2004.

The Company had previously classified the entirety of its obligation to redeem the Public Preferred Stock as a noncurrent obligation. As stated above, the terms of the Public Preferred Stock provide for a scheduled redemption of the Public Preferred Stock in five annual tranches beginning on December 1, 2005 and concluding on December 1, 2009. However this scheduled redemption is, by the terms of the Public Preferred Stock, subject to the legal availability of funds, any contractual restrictions then binding on the Company (including restrictions under any agreements regarding the borrowing of funds or the extension of credit which is binding upon the Company or any subsidiary of the Company) and applicable state law. For the reasons set out below, the Company concludes that it correctly classified the entirety of its obligation to redeem the Public Preferred Stock as a long-term obligation, but that the specific previously stated basis for such conclusion was incorrect. The Company will therefore continue to classify the entirety of its obligation to redeem the Public Preferred Stock as a long-term obligation.

 

Page 40 of 71


Table of Contents

The previously stated basis, as noted above, of the Company’s classification of the entirety of its obligation to redeem the Public Preferred Stock as a long-term obligation was incorrect, in that the Company believed that it had the ability to exchange the Public Preferred Stock for indebtedness that would not become due for payment until 2009. Such incorrect basis failed to take account of the mandatory redemption requirements of the indebtedness for which the Company could exchange the Public Preferred Stock. The Company believed that it had the ability to exchange the Public Preferred Stock on a long-term basis under Article Five, Section C5 of the Company’s Articles of Amendment and Restatement, which permits the Company to exchange the Public Preferred Stock for a 12% Junior Subordinated Debentures Due 2009, and believed that the indebtedness from this refinancing would not become payable until 2009, and would therefore not be subject to any earlier amortization. In fact, the 12% Junior Subordinated Debentures Due 2009 has a mandatory amortization schedule requiring that five payments be made, starting in December 2005 and annually thereafter. The first redemption payment due in December 2005 would thus, if the Company entered into such an exchange, be a short-term liability which would, for the reasons set out below, not be permitted by the Facility with Wells Fargo Foothill.

The Company and certain of its subsidiaries are parties to the Facility agreement with Wells Fargo Foothill, whose term expires on October 21, 2008. Under the Facility, the Company agreed that, so long as any credit under the Facility is available and until full and final payment of the obligations under the Facility, it would not make any distribution or declare or pay any dividends (other than common stock) on its stock, or purchase, acquire, or redeem any stock, or exchange any stock for indebtedness, or retire any stock. The Company continues to actively rely upon the Facility and expects to continue to do so until the Facility agreement expires on October 21, 2008.

Accordingly, as stated above, the Company will continue to classify the entirety of its obligation to redeem the Public Preferred Stock as a long-term obligation. The Wells Fargo Foothill Facility prohibits, among other things, the redemption of any stock common or preferred, until October 21, 2008. The Public Preferred Stock by its terms cannot be redeemed if doing so would violate the terms of an agreement regarding the borrowing of funds or the extension of credit which is binding upon the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, and it does not include any other provisions that would otherwise require any acceleration of the redemption of or amortization payments with respect to the Public Preferred Stock. Thus, the Public Preferred Stock is not and will not be due on demand, nor callable, within twelve months from December 31, 2005. This classification is consistent with ARB No. 43 and FASB Statement No. 78 (“FASB 78”), “Classification of Obligations that are Callable by the Creditor”.

Paragraph 7 of Chapter 3A of ARB No. 43 defines a current liability, as follows:

“The term current liabilities is used principally to designate obligations whose liquidation is reasonably expected to require the use of existing resources properly classifiable as current assets, or the creation of other current liabilities. As a balance sheet category, the classification is intended to include obligations for items that have entered into the operating cycle, such as payables incurred in the acquisition of materials and supplies to be used in the production of goods or in providing services to be offered for sale; collections received in advance of the delivery of goods or performance of services; and debts that arise from operations directly related to the operating cycle, such as accruals for wages, salaries, commissions, rentals, royalties, and income and other taxes. Other liabilities whose regular and ordinary liquidation is expected to occur within a relatively short period of time, usually 12 months, are also intended for inclusion, such as short-term debts arising from the acquisition of capital assets, serial maturities of long-term obligations, amounts required to be expended within 1 year under sinking fund provisions, and agency obligations arising from the collection or acceptance of cash or other assets for the account of third persons.”

Paragraph 5 of FASB 78, provides the following:

“The current liability classification is also intended to include obligations that, by their terms, are due on demand or will be due on demand within one year (or operating cycle, if longer) from the balance sheet date, even though liquidation may not be expected within that period. It is also intended to include long-term obligations that are or will be callable by the creditor either because the debtor’s violation of a provision of the debt agreement at the balance sheet date makes the obligation callable or because the violation, if not cured within a specified grace period, will make the obligation callable”

If, pursuant to the terms of the Public Preferred Stock, the Company does not redeem the Public Preferred Stock in accordance with the scheduled redemptions described above, the terms of the Public Preferred Stock require the Company to discharge its obligation to redeem the Public Preferred Stock as soon as the Company is capable and permitted to do so.

On any dividend payment date after November 21, 1991, the Company may exchange the Public Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, for 12% Junior Subordinated Debentures that are redeemable upon terms substantially similar to the Public Preferred Stock and subordinated to all indebtedness for borrowed money and like obligations of the Company. As disclosed above, the Company considered this exchange in evaluating the classification of the Public Preferred Stock as of December 31, 2004 and, subsequently, concluded that, for the reasons stated above, it did not have the ability to affect such an exchange.

 

Page 41 of 71


Table of Contents

The Public Preferred Stock accrues a semi-annual dividend at the annual rate of 12% ($1.20) per share, based on the liquidation preference of $10 per share and is fully cumulative. Dividends in additional shares of the Public Preferred Stock for 1990 and 1991 were paid at the rate of 6% of a share for each $.60 of such dividends not paid in cash. Dividends on the Public Preferred Stock are paid by the Company, when and if declared by the Board of Directors, and are required to be paid out of legally available funds in accordance with Maryland law. For the cash dividends payable since December 1, 1995, the Company has accrued $40.1 million as of December 31, 2005. During 2005, 2004, and 2003 the Company accrued preferred stock dividends of $3.8 million each year, of these amounts, $3.8 million, $3.8 million, and $1.9 were reported as interest expense in those respective years. Prior to the effective date of SFAS 150 on July 1, 2003, such dividends were charged to stockholders’ accumulate deficit.

In accordance with SFAS 150, both the Senior Redeemable Preferred Stock and the Public Preferred Stock have been reclassified from equity to liability. Consequently, the preferred dividend accrued in the amount of $4.2 million was recorded as interest expense during 2005. The aggregate fair value of the public preferred stock at December 31, 2005 was $39.8 million.

The carrying value of the accrued Paid-in-Kind (“PIK”) dividends on the Public Preferred Stock for the period 1992 through June 1995 was $4.0 million. Had the Company accrued cash dividends on the outstanding shares of the Public Preferred Stock for this time period, the total amount accrued would have been $13.4 million. The Company’s Charter, Section 2(a) states, “Any dividends payable with respect to the Exchangeable Preferred Stock (“Public Preferred Stock”) during the first six years after the Effective Date (November 20, 1989) may be paid (subject to restrictions under applicable state law), in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors, in cash or by issuing additional full paid and nonassessable shares of Exchangeable Preferred Stock …”. Accordingly, the Board had the discretion to pay the dividends for the referenced period in cash or by the issuance of additional shares of Public Preferred Stock. During the period in which the Company stated its intent to pay PIK dividends, the Company stated its intention to amend its charter to permit the payment of these by the issuance of additional shares of Public Preferred Stock. In consequence, as required by applicable accounting requirements, the accrual for these dividends was recorded at the estimated fair value (as the average of the ask and bid prices) on the dividend date of the shares of Public Preferred Stock that would have been (but were not) issued. This accrual was $9.4 million lower than the accrual would be if the intent was only to pay the dividend in cash, at that date or any later date.

In March 2006, the Company engaged Jefferies Quarterdeck, a nationally known investment bank, to explore strategic alternatives with respect to its Xacta subsidiary or one or more lines of business of its Xacta subsidiary. The objective of the Company is, if such a process could yield sufficient cash proceeds, to use the proceeds to partially or completely recapitalize its balance sheet. There can be no assurance as to the outcome of this process, or as to the time frame in which this process might be completed.

The Board concluded, in consequence of the commencement of this process by Jefferies Quarterdeck and the ability to pay cash dividends derived from a transaction or transactions sufficient to meet such obligation, that the accrual of PIK dividends for the period 1992 through June 1995 was no longer appropriate. Since 1995, the Company has disclosed in the footnotes to its audited financial statements the carrying value of the accrued PIK dividends on the Public Preferred Stock for the period 1992 through June 1995 was $4.0 million, and that had the Company accrued cash dividends during this time period, the total amount accrued would have been $13.4 million. The objective of the Company to utilize the proceeds of this strategic process with respect to its Xacta subsidiary to partially or completely recapitalize its balance sheet therefore is inconsistent with any continued intent to pay a PIK dividend by the issuance of any additional shares of Public Preferred Stock. Accordingly on May 12, 2006, the Board of Directors voted to confirm that the Company’s intent with respect to the payment of dividends on the Public Preferred Stock for this period changed from its previously stated intent to pay PIK dividends to that of an intent to pay cash dividends. The Company is therefore changing the accrual from $4.0 million to $13.4 million, the result of which will be to increase the Company’s negative shareholder equity by the difference between those two amounts, $9.4 million, by recording an additional $9.4 million charge to interest expense for the second quarter of 2006, resulting in a balance of $81.7 million (pro forma as of March 31, 2006) for the principal amount and all accrued dividends on the Public Preferred Stock. This action is a change in accounting estimate as defined in SFAS 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections” which replaces APB No. 20, “Accounting Changes” and FASB Statement No. 3, “Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements.”

 

Page 42 of 71


Table of Contents

Note 8. Stockholders’ Equity, Warrants, Option Plan, and Employee Benefit Plan

Common Stock

The relative rights, preferences, and limitations of the Class A common stock and the Class B common stock are in all respects identical. The holders of the common stock have one vote for each share of common stock held. Subject to the priority rights of the Public Preferred Stock and any series of the Senior Preferred Stock, holders of Class A and the Class B common stock are entitled to receive such dividends as may be declared.

Stock Options

The Company has granted stock options to certain employees of the Company under five plans. The Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan was adopted in 1990 (“1990 Stock Option Plan”) and had option grants under it through 2000. In 1993, stock option plan agreements were reached with certain employees (“1993 Stock Option Plan”). In 1996, the Board of Directors approved and the shareholders ratified the 1996 Stock Option Plan (“1996 Stock Option Plan”).

In 2000, the Board of Directors of the Company approved two new stock option plans, one for Telos Delaware, Inc. (“Telos Delaware Stock Incentive Plan”) and one for Xacta Corporation (“Xacta Stock Incentive Plan”), both wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company.

As determined by the members of the Compensation Committee, the Company generally grants options under its respective plans at the estimated fair value at the date of grant, based upon all information available to it at the time.

1990 Stock Option Plan

Under the terms of the 1990 Stock Option Plan, 2,168,215 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock are available for issuance under options to key employees, including officers and directors. The options have a life of 10 years from the date of grant. The option price determined by the Board of Directors was not less than the estimated fair value at the date of the grant and the options generally vest over a four-year period. The 1990 Stock Option Plan expired in 2000, with 923,000 remaining unissued options canceled.

1993 Option Plan

In 1993, stock option plan agreements were reached to provide Mr. John Wood, Executive Chairman, and Mr. Joseph Beninati, former Chairman, with options to each purchase up to 700,459 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock from the Company at $0.50 per share. Under the terms of the agreements, 350,230 shares vested immediately and the remainder vested ratably over the next twelve months. The Company recorded compensation expense related to these options based upon the difference between the exercise price and the estimated fair value of $0.82 per share at the measurement date of the stock option. Mr. Beninati’s agreement was canceled in 1996 and the shares now available will be administered under the same terms as the 1996 Stock Option Plan. These options have a life of 10 years from the date of grant. The 1993 Option Plan expired in 2003.

1996 Stock Option Plan

The 1996 Stock Option Plan allows for the award of up to 6,644,974 shares of Class A common stock at an exercise price of not lower than the estimated fair value at the date of grant. Vesting of the stock options for key employees is based both upon the passage of time and certain key events occurring including an initial public offering or a change in control. Vesting for options granted to employees is based upon the passage of time, generally four years. The stock options may be exercised over a ten-year period subject to the vesting requirements. Effective May 10, 2004, the 1996 Stock Option Plan was amended by the Board of Directors to increase the total amount of authorized shares of Class A common stock to 7,345,433, an increase of 700,459 shares, to reflect those options granted to Mr. Wood that were not exercised under the 1993 Stock Option Plan. The 1996 Stock Option Plan expired in March 2006, with its remaining 516,000 unissued options canceled.

Telos Delaware Stock Incentive Plan

During the third quarter of 2000, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a new stock option plan for Telos Delaware, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. Certain key executives and employees of the Company are eligible to receive stock options under the plan. Under the plan, the Company may award up to 3,500,000 shares of common stock as either incentive or non-qualified stock options. An incentive option must have an exercise price of not lower than fair value on the date of grant. A non-qualified option will not have an exercise price any lower than 85% of the fair market value on the date of grant. All options have a term of ten years and vest no less rapidly than the rate of 20% per year for each of the first five years unless changed by the option committee of the Board of Directors.

Xacta Stock Incentive Plan

In the third quarter of 2000, Xacta Corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, initiated a stock option plan under which up to 3,500,000 shares of Xacta common stock may be awarded to key employees and associates. The options may be awarded as incentive or non-qualified, have a term of ten years, and vest no less rapidly than the rate of 20% per year for each of the first five years unless changed by the option committee of the Board of Directors. The exercise price may not be less than the estimated fair value on the date of grant for an incentive option, or less than 85% of the estimated fair value on the date of grant for a non-qualified stock option.

 

Page 43 of 71


Table of Contents

A summary of the status of the Company’s stock options for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 is as follows:

 

     

Number of Shares

(000’s)

    Weighted Average
Exercise Price

2005 Stock Option Activity

    

Outstanding at beginning of year

   12,064     $ 1.17

Granted

   60       0.69

Exercised

   —         —  

Canceled

   (248 )     1.26
        

Outstanding at end of year

   11,876     $ 1.19
        

2004 Stock Option Activity

    

Outstanding at beginning of year

   7,711     $ 1.47

Granted

   4,468       0.68

Exercised

   —         —  

Canceled

   (115 )     2.02
        

Outstanding at end of year

   12,064     $ 1.17
        

2003 Stock Option Activity

    

Outstanding at beginning of year

   9,712     $ 1.48

Granted

   —         —  

Exercised

   —         —  

Canceled

   (2,001 )     1.71
        

Outstanding at end of year

   7,711     $ 1.47
        

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2005:

 

     Options Outstanding    Options Exercisable

Range of Exercise Prices

  

Average

Number
Outstanding

(000’s)

   Weighted
Remaining
Contractual
Life in
Years
   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
   Number
Exercisable
(000’s)
   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

$0.50 – 1.00

   8,448    4.1 years    $ 0.78    5,844    $ 0.78

$1.00 – 2.00

   2,224    3.3 years    $ 1.16    2,218    $ 1.16

$3.85 – 4.00

   1,204    4.6 years    $ 3.85    1,198    $ 3.85

Telos Shared Savings Plan

The Company sponsors a defined contribution employee savings plan (the “Plan”) under which substantially all full-time employees are eligible to participate. The Company has 3,658,536 shares of Telos Class A common stock in the plan representing 17.3% of the class. Since no public market exists for Telos Class A common stock, the Trustees of the plan obtain an annual evaluation from a third-party investment company. The Plan’s trustees price the stock at the exact midpoint of the range defined by the third-party investment company. The Company matches one-half of voluntary participant contributions to the Plan up to a maximum Company contribution of 3% of a participant’s salary. Total Company contributions to this Plan for 2005, 2004, and 2003 were $594,000, $458,000, and $516,000 respectively.

 

Page 44 of 71


Table of Contents

Note 9. Income Taxes

The provision (benefit) for income taxes attributable to income (loss) from continuing operations includes the following (in thousands):

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,
     2005    2004    2003

Current provision

        

Federal

   $ —      $ 52    $ —  

State

     9      7      10
                    

Total current

     9      59      10
                    

Deferred provision

        

Federal

     —        —        11,091

State

     —        —        386
                    

Total deferred

     —        —        11,477
                    

Total provision

   $ 9    $ 59    $ 11,487
                    

The provision (benefit) for income taxes related to continuing operations varies from the amount determined by applying the federal income tax statutory rate to the income or loss before income taxes. The reconciliation of these differences is as follows:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2005     2004     2003  

Computed expected income tax provision (benefit)

   (34.0 )%   (34.0 )%   34.0 %

State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit

   (1.8 )   2.6     14.0  

Change in valuation allowance for deferred tax assets

   18.3     (46.4 )   529.3  

Meals and entertainment

   1.2     3.6     2.6  

Dividend and accretion on preferred stock

   14.9     75.5     59.5  

Other

   1.5     0.7     (2.0 )
                  
   0.1 %   2.0 %   637.4 %
                  

 

Page 45 of 71


Table of Contents

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2005 and 2004 are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2005     2004  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Accounts receivable, principally due to allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 139     $ 179  

Allowance for inventory obsolescence and amortization

     132       117  

Accrued liabilities not currently deductible

     1,197       2,979  

Accrued compensation

     765       2,002  

Property and equipment, principally due to differences in depreciation methods

     500       474  

Net operating loss carryforwards

     7,274       2,022  

Alternative minimum tax credit carry forward

     404       438  
                

Total gross deferred tax assets

     10,411       8,211  

Less valuation allowance

     (10,136 )     (7,687 )
                

Net deferred tax assets

     275       524  
                

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Unbilled accounts receivable, deferred for tax purposes

     (275 )     (524 )
                

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (275 )     (524 )
                

Net deferred tax assets

   $ —       $ —    
                

The components of the valuation allowance are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Balance
Beginning
of Period
   Additions
Charged to
Expenses
   Deductions   

Balance
End

of Period

December 31, 2005

   $ 7,687    $ 2,449    $ —      $ 10,136

December 31, 2004

   $ 9,730    $ —      $ 2,043    $ 7,687

December 31, 2003

   $ 193    $ 9,537    $ —      $ 9,730

In accordance with SFAS 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” a full valuation allowance has been provided at December 31, 2005, due principally to the evidence that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized in the near term.

At December 31, 2005, for federal income tax purposes there were approximately $18.9 million net operating loss carryforwards to offset future regular taxable income. These net operating loss carryforwards expire in 2024. Additionally, approximately $18.5 million of alternative minimum tax net operating loss carryforwards are available to offset future alternative minimum taxable income. These alternative minimum tax net operating loss carryforwards also expire in 2024. In addition, the Company has $404,000 of alternative minimum tax credits available to be carried forward indefinitely to reduce future regular tax liabilities.

 

Page 46 of 71


Table of Contents

Note 10. Commitments and Contingencies

Leases

The Company leases office space and equipment under noncancelable operating and capital leases with various expiration dates, some of which contain renewal options.

On March 1, 1996, the Company entered into a twenty-year capital lease for a building in Ashburn, Virginia, that serves as its corporate headquarters. The Company has accounted for this transaction as a capital lease and has accordingly recorded assets and a corresponding liability of approximately $12.3 million. Under the terms of the lease, the landlord furnished the Company with $1.3 million to fund tenant improvements and other building costs.

The following is a schedule by years of future minimum payments under capital leases together with the present value of the net minimum lease payments as of December 31, 2005 (in thousands):

 

     Property     Equipment     Total  

2006

   $ 1,793     $ 110     $ 1,903  

2007

     1,793       85       1,878  

2008

     1,793       29       1,822  

2009

     1,793       29       1,822  

2010

     1,793       29       1,822  

Remainder

     9,416       —         9,416  
                        

Total minimum obligations

     18,381       282       18,663  

Less amounts representing interest

     (8,773 )     (115 )     (8,888 )
                        

Net present value of minimum obligations

     9,608       167       9,775  

Less current portion

     (445 )     (91 )     (536 )
                        

Long-term capital lease obligations at December 31, 2004

   $ 9,163     $ 76     $ 9,239  
                        

Accumulated amortization for property and equipment under capital leases at December 31, 2005 and 2004 is $7.3 million and $6.6 million, respectively. Future minimum lease payments for all noncancelable operating leases at December 31, 2005 are as follows (in thousands):

 

2006

   $ 527

2007

     532

2008

     488

2009

     397

2010

     339

Remainder

     85
      

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 2,368
      

Net rent expense charged to operations for 2005, 2004, and 2003, totaled $535,000, $536,000, and $516,000, respectively.

 

Page 47 of 71


Table of Contents

Legal

The Company is a party to the litigation set forth below.

SecureInfo

On May 6, 2005, SecureInfo Corporation (SecureInfo) filed suit in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia against Telos Corporation, its subsidiary Xacta Corporation, and a Vice President of Xacta, alleging, among other things, copyright infringement and theft of trade secrets. On May 12, 2005, SecureInfo and Telos voluntarily agreed to enter into a temporary restraining order, including a specific denial by Telos of any liability and by which Telos agreed that it would not access SecureInfo’s software. On May 26, 2005, Telos, Xacta, and the Vice President filed a motion to dismiss SecureInfo’s complaint. On June 16, 2005, SecureInfo amended its complaint, adding additional claims and, as additional defendants, Telos’ Chief Executive Officer and Chief Technology Officer, as well as an independent consultant. SecureInfo’s amended complaint asserted a variety of statutory and other claims against Telos for relief, including copyright infringement; violations of the federal Computer Fraud and Abuse Act and federal Racketeer Influenced Corrupt Organization Act; violations of the Virginia Computer Crimes Act and the Virginia Uniform Trade Secrets Act; conspiracy to obtain trade secrets; tortuous interference with contract; combining to injure SecureInfo; trespass to chattels; and detinue. SecureInfo also renewed its motion for preliminary injunction. On July 14, 2005, Telos filed a motion to dismiss all counts in the amended complaint.

On September 9, 2005 the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia granted Telos’ motion to dismiss by dismissing 10 of the 13 counts in the amended complaint: Counts I, II and III (Computer Fraud and Abuse Act), V (fraud and deceit), VI (conspiracy to fraudulently obtain trade secrets by deceit and tortuous interference with contract), VII (common law tortuous interference with contract), VIII (Racketeer Influenced Corrupt Organization Act – RICO), IX (combination to injure Plaintiff’s reputation, trade, or business), X (Virginia Computer Crimes Act), and XII (common law trespass to chattels). Accordingly, all counts against John B. Wood, Chairman and CEO of Telos Corporation were dismissed and substantially all of the counts were dismissed against the other individual officers.

On September 21, 2005, SecureInfo withdrew its motion for a preliminary injunction.

On November 4, 2005, the magistrate judge denied SecureInfo’s request to amend its complaint for a second time. On November 7, 2005, Telos Corporation, its subsidiary Xacta Corporation, and certain named individual officers, filed an answer to the amended complaint including a patent infringement counterclaim against SecureInfo.

As previously reported in the Form 8-K on March 27, 2006 on the current status of litigation with SecureInfo Corporation (see Item 8.01 Other Events), the Company has entered into a settlement agreement with SecureInfo in which all parties dismissed, with prejudice, all pending claims, including the patent infringement counterclaim. As part of the settlement agreement, Telos agreed to not pursue legal action for patent infringement against SecureInfo for a period of three years from the date of the agreement. In addition, the parties have entered into various business arrangements including software licensing agreements, an OEM agreement and a reseller agreement. A joint stipulation of dismissal was filed on March 22, 2006 with the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia.

Costa Brava

On October 17, 2005, Costa Brava Partnership III, L.P. (“Costa Brava”), a holder of the Company’s Public Preferred Stock, filed a lawsuit in the Circuit Court of Baltimore City in the State of Maryland (“Complaint”) against the Company, its directors, and certain of its officers. According to Amendment No. 6 to Schedule 13D filed by Costa Brava on October 18, 2005, Costa Brava owns 15.9% of the outstanding Public Preferred Stock.

The Complaint alleges that the Company and its officers and directors have engaged in tactics to avoid paying mandatory dividends on the Public Preferred Stock, and asserts that the Public Preferred Stock has characteristics of debt instruments even though issued by the Company in the form of stock. Costa Brava alleges, among other things, that the Company and an Independent Committee of the Board of Directors have done nothing to improve what they claim to be the Company’s insolvency, or its ability to redeem the Public Preferred Stock and pay accrued dividends. They also challenge the bonus payments to the Company’s officers and directors, and consulting fees paid to the holder of a majority of the Company’s common stock.

Costa Brava is seeking the following relief: (I) that the officers and directors who are named in the Complaint be deemed to be involuntary trustees of certain bonus amounts received by them from the Company, and that any proceeds from those bonuses be held in constructive trust for the Company with the duty to return them to the Company; (II) an injunction enjoining the Company from making future bonus payments and further grants of stock options in the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries to any officers and directors unless and until dividend arrearages on the Public Preferred Stock are satisfied in full, and an injunction enjoining any officers and directors who have already received grants of stock options in the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiaries from exercising those options unless and until dividend arrearages on the Public Preferred Stock are satisfied in full; and (III) appointment of a receiver for the Company to take charge of the Company’s assets and operate the business, as necessary and proper to preserve them, and to take such actions as are necessary to remedy and/or prevent the fraudulent conveyances complained of in the Complaint. In the alternative, Costa Brava is seeking (IV) appointment of a receiver for the Company to take charge of the Company’s assets and operate the business; and (V) judicial dissolution of the Company and appointment of a temporary receiver to take charge of the Company’s assets and operate the business. Costa Brava also seeks damages from the officers and directors of the Company.

 

Page 48 of 71


Table of Contents

On December 22, 2005, the Company’s Board of Directors established a Special Litigation Committee comprised of independent directors to review and evaluate the matters raised in the derivative suit filed against the Company by Costa Brava relating to the Company’s Public Preferred Stock. The Special Litigation Committee is investigating, reviewing, and analyzing the allegations made in the derivative suit with respect to certain of the Company’s directors and officers, and making a determination for the Company as to what action the Company should take in connection with those matters, including whether or not to institute litigation against those directors and officers. The members of the Special Litigation Committee are Thomas L. Owsley and Bruce J. Stewart.

On January 9, 2006, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the Complaint or, in the alternative, to stay the action until the Special Litigation Committee had sufficient time to properly investigate and respond to Costa Brava’s demands. On the same day, the Company officers and directors each filed a motion to dismiss for lack of personal jurisdiction and failure to state a claim. The oral arguments were heard on February 28, 2006 before Judge Albert J. Matricciani, Jr.

On March 30, 2006, the court granted the Company’s motions in part and denied them in part. The motion to dismiss filed by the directors was granted with respect to Director Stewart, but denied in all other parts. The motion to dismiss filed by the officers was denied. In the motion filed by the Company, the motion to dismiss was granted with respect to Costa Brava’s demand for an appointment of a receiver to take charge of the Company’s assets and operate the business. In addition, the court granted the motion to dismiss the specific counts of the Complaint with respect to any derivative claims based on transactions or events that occurred prior to January 25, 2005, but denied the motion with respect to the derivative claims based on transactions or events that occurred on or after January 25, 2005. The judge also denied the alternative request for a stay.

On February 8, 2006, Wynnefield Small Cap Value, L.P. (“Wynnefield”) filed a motion to intervene as a matter of right, and in the alternative at the discretion of the court. On February 23, 2006 Telos filed a motion to stay the intervention proceedings pending resolution of its motion to dismiss. The judge issued the order to stay on February 27. Telos opposed Wynnefield’s motion to intervene at a hearing on May 12. On May 16, 2006 the court issued an order denying Wynnefield’s motion to intervene as a matter of right, but granted the motion on permissive grounds since Wynnefield is similarly situated with Costa Brava although their interests are not identical.

The Company’s answer to the complaint was filed on April 28, 2006. A status conference is currently scheduled for May 22, 2006 to discuss scheduling of discovery and related case management issues.

At this early stage of the litigation in which the jurisdiction and the parties have just been established, it is impossible to reasonably determine the degree of probability related to Costa Brava’s success in any of its assertions. Although there can be no assurance as to the ultimate outcome of this litigation, the Company and its officers and directors strenuously deny Costa Brava claims, will vigorously defend the matter, and oppose the relief sought. Other Litigation

Other Litigation

In addition, the Company is a party to litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, while the results of such litigation cannot be predicted with any reasonable degree of certainty, the final outcome of such known matters will not, based upon all available information, have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Warranties

The Company provides product warranties for products sold through certain U.S. Government contract vehicles. The Company accrues a warranty liability at the time that it recognizes revenue for the estimated costs that may be incurred in connection with providing warranty coverage. Warranties are valued using historical warranty usage trends , however, if actual product failure rates or service delivery costs differ from estimates, revisions to the estimated warranty liability may be required.

 

    

Balance

Beginning

of Year

   Accruals   

Warranty

Expenses

   

Balance

End

of Year

Year Ended December 31, 2005

   $ 1,423    $ 1,195    $ (991 )   $ 1,627

Year Ended December 31, 2004 (restated)

   $ 1,787    $ 376    $ (740 )   $ 1,423

Year Ended December 31, 2003 (restated)

   $ 1,323    $ 1,118    $ (654 )   $ 1,787

 

Page 49 of 71


Table of Contents

Note 11. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

Information concerning certain relationships and related transactions between the Company and certain of its current and former officers and directors is set forth below.

Mr. John R. C. Porter, the owner of a majority of the Company’s Class A Common Stock, has a consulting agreement with the Company whereby he is compensated for consulting services provided to the Company in the areas of marketing, product development, strategic planning and finance as requested by the Company. Mr. Porter was paid $260,000 by the Company in 2005, 2004, and 2003 pursuant to this agreement, which amounts were determined by negotiation between the Company and Mr. John R.C. Porter.

Mr. David S. Aldrich, former President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, entered into an agreement with the Company whereby Mr. Aldrich served as an advisor to the Company from December 31, 2002 through March 31, 2005. In return, Mr. Aldrich was paid $350,000 per annum from January 1, 2003 through March 31, 2005. In December 2005, pursuant to a mutual release agreement with Mr. Aldrich to resolve a dispute concerning salary and medical benefits, the Company paid Mr. Aldrich $25,000.

Mr. William L.P. Brownley, former Vice President and General Counsel of the Company, entered into an agreement with the Company whereby Mr. Brownley served as an of counsel attorney to the Company from December 31, 2000 through March 31, 2003. In return, Mr. Brownley was paid $220,000 per annum from January 1, 2001 through March 31, 2003. The Company provided Mr. Brownley with medical and insurance benefits during that same period.

Mr. Lorenzo Tellez, former Vice President, Treasurer, and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, entered into a settlement agreement with the Company to resolve a dispute on Mr. Tellez’s employment contract with the Company. The Company paid Mr. Tellez the equivalent of 24 months of severance in installments during 2001. Mr. Tellez also received medical and insurance benefits through the Company for the same two-year period. The payment of salary and fringe benefits to Mr. Tellez’s amounted to approximately $243,000 per annum. The Company completed its payments of the salary portion of the contract to Mr. Tellez on December 7, 2001. In March 2003, pursuant to the final settlement of arbitration proceedings, the Company paid Mr. Tellez a bonus of $96,000 and legal fees in the amount of $53,000.

 

Page 50 of 71


Table of Contents

Note 12. Reportable Operating Segments

At December 31, 2005, the Company’s operations are comprised of two operating segments, Managed Solutions1 (previously known as IT Solutions Group) and Xacta. Descriptions for each of these operating segments are as follows:

Managed Solutions: Develops, markets and sells integration services that address a wide range of government information technology (IT) requirements. Offerings consist of innovative IT solutions that consist of industry leading IT products from original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) with complimentary integration and managed support services provided by Telos. Managed Solutions also provides general IT consulting and integration services in support of various U.S. Government customers. For 2005, Managed Solutions generated revenue of $58.2 million, which represents an increase of 82.4% over 2004.

Xacta: Develops, markets and sells government-validated secure enterprise solutions to the U.S. Government, financial institutions and other large commercial organizations, to address the growing demand for information security solutions. Xacta provides Secure Wireless LAN solutions, Enterprise Messaging solutions, Identity Management solutions1 (formerly known as Enterprise Credentialing solutions), Information Security Consulting services and IT Security Management software solutions. For 2005, Xacta generated revenue of $84.3 million which represents a decrease of 1% over 2004.

The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as those described in Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies. The Company evaluates the performance of its operating segments based on revenue, gross profit, segment profit (loss) before income taxes and other income or expenses.

Summarized financial information concerning the Company’s reportable segments is shown in the following table. The “other” column includes corporate related items.

 

1 Name change was for marketing and public relations reasons and represented no organizational or operational changes

 

    

Managed
Solutions

and Other

Services

    Xacta     Other (1)     Total  

2005

        

External revenues

   $ 58,246     $ 84,349     $ —       $ 142,595  

Gross margin

     4,411       19,645       —         24,056  

Segment loss (2)

     (3,233 )     (2,526 )     (104 )     (5,863 )

Total assets

     13,673       18,088       10,101       41,862  

Capital expenditures

     21       414       954       1,389  

Depreciation and amortization (3)

     287       610       1,054       1,951  

2004

        

External revenues

   $ 31,496     $ 84,844     $ —       $ 116,340  

Gross margin

     3,624       24,993       —         28,617  

Segment (loss) profit (2)

     (2,299 )     8,243       —         5,944  

Total assets

     14,724       33,710       10,083       58,517  

Capital expenditures

     2       280       874       1,156  

Depreciation and amortization (3)

     218       237       963       1,418  

2003

        

External revenues

   $ 41,233     $ 47,674     $ —       $ 88,907  

Gross margin

     2,068       12,515       —         14,583  

Segment (loss) profit (2)

     (2,604 )     (243 )     (500 )     (3,347 )

Total assets

     10,121       12,431       11,059       33,611  

Capital expenditures

     62       59       114       235  

Depreciation and amortization (3)

     329       254       1,004       1,587  

 

(1) Corporate assets are property and equipment, cash and other assets.

 

(2) Segment profit (loss) represents operating income (loss).

 

(3) Depreciation and amortization includes amounts relating to property and equipment, capital leases and spare parts inventory.

The Company does not have material international revenues, profit (loss), assets or capital expenditures. The Company’s business is not concentrated in a specific geographical area within the United States, as it has 5 separate facilities located in various states, the District of Columbia and Europe.

 

Page 51 of 71


Table of Contents

Revenue by Major Market and Significant Customers

The Company derived substantially all of its revenues from contracts and subcontracts with the U.S. Government. Revenue by customer sector for the last three years is as follows:

 

     2005     2004     2003  
     (amount in thousands)  

Department of Defense

   $ 123,905    86.9 %   $ 98,019    84.3 %   $ 69,967    78.6 %

Federal Civilian

     12,747    8.9 %     14,704    12.6 %     15,055    17.0 %

Commercial

     5,943    4.2 %     3,617    3.1 %     3,885    4.4 %
                                       

Total

   $ 142,595    100.0 %   $ 116,340    100.0 %   $ 88,907    100.0 %
                                       

Note 13. Summary of Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

The following is a summary of selected quarterly financial data for the previous two years (in thousands). Certain reclassifications have been made to prior quarter financial data to conform to the presentation used in the December 31, 2005 consolidated financial statements.

 

     Quarters Ended  
    

March

31

   

June

30

   

Sept.

30

   

Dec.

31

 

2005

        

Sales

   $ 34,962     $ 24,574     $ 40,568     $ 42,491  

Gross profit

     7,506       4,762       7,197       4,591  

Loss from continuing operations

     (1,629 )     (5,321 )     (1,880 )     (6,230 )

Net loss

     (629 )     (5,321 )     (1,880 )     (6,230 )

2004

        

Sales

   $ 26,787     $ 22,478     $ 31,710     $ 35,365  

Gross profit

     5,459       4,054       11,335       7,769  

(Loss) income from continuing operations

     (1,427 )     (2,509 )     1,532       (549 )

Net (loss) income

     (1,427 )     (2,509 )     1,532       (549 )

 

Page 52 of 71


Table of Contents

Note 14. Contingencies Subsequent Events

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. As described in Note 6, the Company has obtained waivers and less restrictive cash flow covenants with respect to its Senior Revolving Credit Facility. Although no assurances can be given, the Company expects that it will be in compliance throughout the term of the amended credit facility with respect to the financial and other covenants. Also, as more fully described in Note 7, the Company has engaged Jefferies Quarterdeck, a nationally known investment bank, to explore strategic alternatives for the sale of its Xacta subsidiary or one or more lines of business of its Xacta subsidiary. The Company intends to vigorously pursue such a process, with the objective, if such a process could yield sufficient cash proceeds, of using the proceeds to partially or completely recapitalize its balance sheet. While the Company intends to make every effort to successfully consummate such a transaction, including by assisting a proposed purchaser in obtaining necessary regulatory approvals, there can be no certainty as to the timeframe of such process completion or the amount of proceeds that would be realized as a result of such transaction. The Company also believes the cash generated from operations will be sufficient to satisfy its currently budgeted capital expenditure and debt service requirements through December 31, 2006.

As noted in Note 7 – Redeemable Preferred Stock, on May 12, 2006, the Board of Directors voted to confirm that the Company’s intent with respect to the payment of dividends on the Public Preferred Stock for the period 1992 through June 1995 changed from its previously stated intent to pay PIK dividends to that of an intent to pay cash dividends. The Company is therefore changing the accrual from $4.0 million to $13.4 million, the result of which will be to increase the Company’s negative shareholder equity by the difference between those two amount, $9.4 million, by recording an additional $9.4 million charge to interest expense for the second quarter of 2006, resulting in a balance of $81.7 million (pro forma as of March 31, 2006) for the principal amount and all accrued dividends on the Public Preferred Stock. This action is a change in accounting estimate as defined in SFAS 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections,” which replaces APB No. 20, “Accounting Changes” and FASB Statement No. 3, “Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements.” The pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2006 and consolidated statement of operations for the period then ended are as follows:

 

    

Unaudited

March 31,

2006

Balances

   

Pro Forma

Adjustments

   

Pro Forma

Unaudited

March 31,

2006

Balances

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet

      

Current assets

   24,274     —       24,274  

Property and equipment, net

   9,237     —       9,237  

Other assets

   1,381     —       1,381  

Current liabilities

   37,398     —       37,398  

Public preferred stock

   72,307     9,428     81,735  

Retained earnings

   (105,241 )   (9,428 )   (114,669 )
    

Unaudited

March 31,

2006

Balances

   

Pro Forma

Adjustments

   

Pro Forma

Unaudited

March 31,

2006

Balances

 

Consolidated Statement of Operations

      

Revenue

   24,504     —       24,504  

Operating loss

   (5,855 )   —       (5,855 )

Interest expense

   2,115     9,428     11,543  

Loss before income taxes

   (7,960 )   (9,428 )   (17,388 )

 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None

 

Item 9A. Control and Procedures

The Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer have evaluated the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15e under the Exchange Act), as of December 31, 2005, and concluded that those disclosure controls and procedures are effective in ensuring that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports filed or submitted under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.(a) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms, and (b) is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management including the chief executive officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding timely disclosures.

There have been no significant changes in the Company’s internal controls or in other factors that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting.

 

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

 

Page 53 of 71


Table of Contents

PART III

 

Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

Directors and Executive Officers

The following is certain biographical information concerning the directors and executive officers of the Company. The term of each of the directors to be elected at the Annual Meeting continues until the next annual meeting of shareholders and until his successor is elected and qualified, except that the directorships held by the Class D Directors will terminate whenever all accumulated dividends on the Public Preferred Stock have been paid.

John B. Wood, President, Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board and Director

Mr. Wood (age 42) joined the Company in 1992 as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer (“COO”) and in 1994 was named President and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”). In March 2000 he was appointed to the newly created position of Executive Chairman of the Board which he held until he became Chairman of the Board subsequent to a restructuring of the Board of Directors in 2002. In January of 2003, Mr. Wood resumed the positions of President and CEO. Mr. Wood has also served as Chairman and CEO of Enterworks, an affiliated company, since January 1996. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Wood worked on Wall Street for Dean Witter Reynolds, UBS Securities, and his own boutique investment bank. Mr. Wood graduated from Georgetown University where he earned a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration in finance and computer science. Mr. Wood also serves on two private company boards and two foundation boards.

Geoffrey B. Baker, Class D Director

Mr. Baker (age 56) was appointed to the Company’s Board of Directors as a Class D Director in November 2001. Mr. Baker is a private investor and since 1983 has been a partner in Baker & Donaldson, a private investment firm, as well as serving on various corporate and civic boards. A graduate of Stanford University and Georgetown University Law Center, Mr. Baker previously served as Legislative Director to U.S. Senator Lowell P. Weicker, Jr., and as Professional Staff Member on the U.S. Senate Committee on Commerce, Science and Transportation.

David Borland, Director

Mr. Borland (age 58) was elected to the Board of Directors in March 2004 after retiring as Deputy Chief Information Officer (“CIO”) of the U.S. Army with more than 30 years of experience in the U.S. Government. Mr. Borland’s career Army experience also includes serving as Vice Director of Information Systems for Command, Control, Communications, and Computers (DISC4); Director of the Information Systems Selection and Acquisition Agency (ISSAA); and numerous other positions. From 1966 through 1970, Mr. Borland served in the U.S. Air Force. Mr. Borland has received numerous awards, including the Meritorious Presidential Rank Award for Senior Executive Service Members (1996) and the Distinguished Presidential Rank Award (2000). He has been named Federal Computer Week Fed 100 four times and Government Computer News Department of Defense Executive of the Year in November 2000.

Norman P. Byers, Director

Mr. Byers (age 59) was elected to the Board of Directors in January 1994. Mr. Byers is the principal in Byers Consulting, a firm specializing in management and governance consulting, and direction of consent and proxy agreements between U.S. Government agencies and private companies. Mr. Byers has also served as a Special Compliance Officer for Loral Space and Communications Corporation, and Chairman of ETI Engineering Incorporated, Chantilly, Virginia, and Panalpina FMS Incorporated, Sterling, Virginia. From 1968 until his retirement in 1989, Mr. Byers served in a variety of operational and staff positions in the U.S. Air Force.

Dr. Fred Charles Iklé, Former Director

Dr. Iklé (age 81) resigned from the Board of Directors effective as of March 2006. He had served as a member of the Board since January 1994 and Chairman of the Board from January 1995 to March 2002.

Robert J. Marino, Director and Executive Vice President Special Projects

Mr. Marino (age 68) joined the Company in 1988 as Senior Vice President of Sales and Marketing. In 1990, his responsibilities were expanded to include Program Management in addition to Sales and Marketing. In January 1994, Mr. Marino was appointed to President of Telos Systems Integration, and in January 1998, he was appointed Chief Sales and Marketing Officer. Prior to joining the Company in February 1988, Mr. Marino held the position of Senior Vice President of Sales and Marketing with Centel Federal Systems and M/A.com Information Systems, both of which are U.S. Government contractors. Mr. Marino was elected to the Board of Directors in June 2004 at which time he was also appointed Executive Vice President Special Projects and stepped down as Executive Vice President and Chief Sales and Marketing Officer.

 

Page 54 of 71


Table of Contents

Ambassador Langhorne A. Motley, Director

Ambassador Langhorne A. Motley (age 68) was elected to the Company’s Board of Directors in January 2003. Since 1985, Ambassador Motley has headed two successive international trade consulting firms that serve US companies in pursuing their international business goals. Additionally, Ambassador Motley has co-chaired the Department of State’s ambassadorial seminars and is a frequent lecturer for programs in the Department of State, Department of Defense, and other foreign affairs agencies. Ambassador Motley was previously the United States Ambassador to Brazil from 1981 until 1983 and the Assistant Secretary of State for Inter-American Affairs from 1983 to July of 1985. Ambassador Motley also serves on the Board of Directors of the United States-Brazil Business Council, Junior Achievement International, and the American Academy of Diplomacy.

Thomas L. Owsley, Director

Mr. Owsley (age 65) was elected to the Company’s Board of Directors in December 2005. He presently serves as a director of Mercantile Funds, Inc. and three of its affiliated closed-end hedge funds From 1982 to 2004, Mr. Owsley served in various positions, including that of President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer, as well as General Counsel and Corporate Secretary, of Crown Central Petroleum Corporation. From 1976 to 1982, Mr. Owsley was Assistant General Counsel of Martin Marietta Corporation. Prior to that, he served as Legislative Assistant to Senator Robert P. Griffin and as Attorney-Advisor to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, and was an associate at two law firms. Mr. Owsley holds a J.D. from the University of North Carolina Law School, and an A.B. from Harvard College.

Malcolm M. B. Sterrett, Class D Director

Mr. Sterrett (age 63) is a private investor and was elected to the Company’s Board of Directors as a Class D Director in July 1998. From 1989 to 1993, he was a partner at the law firm of Pepper Hamilton & Scheetz in Washington, D.C. From 1988 to 1989, he served as General Counsel to the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services and from 1982 to 1988 he was a Commissioner on the U.S. Interstate Commerce Commission (“ICC”). Prior to his service with the ICC, he was Vice President and General Counsel to the United States Railway Association and served as Staff Director and Counsel to the U.S. Senate Committee on Commerce, Science and Transportation. Mr. Sterrett is also a member of the Board of Directors of Trans World Corporation.

Bruce J. Stewart, Director

Mr. Stewart, (age 41) was elected to the Company’s Board of Directors in October 2005. Mr. Stewart is currently a Vice President with Yahoo, Inc. focusing on strategic and business development activities for the Yahoo! Connected Life group. Until August 2005, Mr. Stewart was a Senior Vice President with America Online where he was most recently responsible for strategic and business development activities with AOL’s Access Group. Prior to joining AOL in early 2003, Mr. Stewart served as Executive Vice President and Managing Director of both Exodus Europe and Exodus Asia Pacific for Exodus Communications, Inc. and as Executive Vice President of International and Corporate Development for Globalcenter, Inc., a subsidiary of Global Crossing, Inc. From January 1993 to January 2000, Mr. Stewart served as Partner, Vice President, General Counsel and Executive Director of Communications with InterMedia Partners, and from early 1991 to January 1993 as legal counsel for Scholastic Productions, Inc. Mr. Stewart holds a J.D. from Case Western Reserve University Law School and is active in several industry and non-profit organizations.

Michael P. Flaherty, Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Chief Administrative Officer

Mr. Flaherty (age 61) was appointed Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Chief Administrative Officer (“CAO”) in January 2001. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Flaherty previously was “of counsel” with the law firm of O’Donnell & Shaeffer, LLC and principal shareholder and CEO of First Continental Group, Inc. Mr. Flaherty has extensive experience in all aspects of civil litigation, serving as lead trial counsel for major corporations. Mr. Flaherty has also served as General Counsel of the U.S. House of Representatives Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs and Counsel to the Speaker of the House of Representatives. Additionally, Mr. Flaherty is the past chairman of the Executive Committee of the Federal Bar Association’s Banking Law Committee. Mr. Flaherty holds a B.A. from Boston University and a J.D. from the Columbus School of Law of Catholic University of America.

Lt. Gen. (ret.) John M. McDuffie, Former Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer

Mr. McDuffie (age 57) resigned his position as Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer effective as of the end of February 2006. He had joined the Company in July 2004.

 

Page 55 of 71


Table of Contents

Edward L. Williams, Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

Mr. Williams (age 45) joined the Company in 1993 as a Senior Vice President responsible for finance, pricing, purchasing, and Defense Contract Audit Agency (“DCAA”) compliance. In 1994, his responsibilities were expanded to include accounting and business development. In 1996, Mr. Williams was appointed to manage the Company’s networking business unit. In 2000, his responsibilities were expanded to include management of the Company’s operations. Mr. Williams was named Executive Vice President and COO in 2003 and Interim CFO in October 2003. He stepped down as Interim CFO of the Company in January 2005. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Williams was the CFO for Centel Federal Systems and M/A.com Information Systems, both of which are U.S. Government contractors. Mr. Williams has a Bachelor of Science in Finance from the University of Maryland.

Richard P. Tracy, Senior Vice President and Chief Security Officer

Mr. Tracy (age 44) was appointed Chief Security Officer in February 2004. He joined the Company in October 1986 and held a number of management positions within the Company’s New Jersey operation. In February 1996, Mr. Tracy started the Company’s information security consulting practice. In February of 2000, Mr. Tracy was selected to manage Xacta Corporation’s operations and promoted to Senior Vice President and Chief Security Officer. He is identified as the chief inventor on all of Xacta’s patent applications.

Michele Nakazawa, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Ms. Nakazawa (age 48) joined the Company in March 2004 as Vice President and Controller. In January 2005, Ms. Nakazawa was promoted to Senior Vice President and appointed to serve as CFO. Ms. Nakazawa has over 20 years experience in finance and accounting. Prior to joining the Company, she held various positions, including CFO of Ubizen, Inc., a U.S. subsidiary of a publicly-held Belgian company, from 1999 to 2003; Controller and Treasurer of National Security Analysts, Inc. from 1991 to 1997, and financial analyst for Federal Systems Division of IBM, Inc. from 1983 to 1990. Ms. Nakazawa is a Certified Public Accountant and holds a Masters of Science in Accounting from American University and a Bachelors of Arts in Chemistry from Goucher College.

Therese K. Hathaway, Vice President, Corporate Secretary and Corporate Counsel

Ms. Hathaway (age 51) joined the Company in 2001 as a Legal Consultant. In January 2002 she was appointed Corporate Counsel and in May 2003 assumed the additional position as Corporate Secretary. In January 2004 she was named Vice President. Prior to joining the Company, Ms. Hathaway funded and managed Hathaway Communications, specializing in legal translation services for law firms and government agencies, including the Justice Department. Ms. Hathaway has also served as Management Consultant to IDS Corporation, a private firm, and as Law Clerk to the International Trade Policy Counsel of General Electric Company. Ms. Hathaway holds a law degree from the University of Berne/Switzerland and a Master of Comparative Law from George Washington University.

Each of the directors and executive officers of the Company is a United States citizen.

 

Page 56 of 71


Table of Contents
Item 11. Executive Compensation

The following table shows for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, the cash compensation paid by the Company as well as certain other compensation paid or accrued for those years, to the chief executive officer and the four other most highly compensated executive officers of the Company in fiscal year 2005.

 

     Year    Annual Compensation    Long-Term Compensation    All Other
Compen-
sation (4)
           Awards     Payouts   

Name and Principal Position

      Salary     Bonus    Other
Annual
Compen-
sation (3)
   Restricted
Stock
Award(s)
   Securities Under-
Lying Options/
SARs (1)
    LTIP
Payouts
  

John B. Wood

(Chairman, President and CEO)

   2005    $ 350,002     $ 0    $ 13,200    —      —       —      $ 10,607
   2004    $ 350,002 (5)   $ 750,000      24,213    —      1,000,000 (2)   —      $ 10,729
   2003    $ 345,969 (5)   $ 380,000      —      —      —       —      $ 10,201

Michael P. Flaherty

(Exec. V.P., General Counsel and CAO)

   2005    $ 300,019     $ 0    $ 13,200    —      —       —      $ 13,775
   2004    $ 300,019     $ 410,000      21,470    —      450,000 (2)   —      $ 13,975
   2003    $ 300,019     $ 250,000      —      —      —       —      $ 12,725

Robert J. Marino

(Exec. V. P., Special Projects)

   2005    $ 227,094     $ 0    $ 13,200    —      —       —      $ 56,995
   2004    $ 227,094     $ 245,000      19,899    —      450,000 (2)   —      $ 14,135
   2003    $ 227,094     $ 239,659      —      —      —       —      $ 13,635

Edward L. Williams

(Exec. V.P. and COO)

   2005    $ 255,008     $ 0    $ 13,200    —      —       —      $ 7,245
   2004    $ 255,008     $ 420,000      20,580    —      450,000 (2)   —      $ 7,445
   2003    $ 227,136     $ 250,000      —      —      —       —      $ 6,938

John M. McDuffie

(Exec. V. P. and Chief Marketing Officer)

   2005    $ 250,000     $ 0    $ 13,200    —      —       —      $ 18,096
   2004    $ 111,742     $ 250,000      5,500    —      450,000 (2)   —        —  
   2003      —         —        —      —      —       —        —  

 

(1) There are no restricted stock awards or payouts pursuant to long-term investment plans.

 

(2) Options granted in 2004 are in Telos and Xacta common stock.

 

(3) Other annual compensation represents car allowance in 2005 and 2004, and vacation cash-out and additional wages related to payroll cycle change from biweekly to bimonthly in 2004.

 

(4) All other compensation represents Company contributions made on behalf of the executive officers to the Telos Shared Savings Plan, and life insurance premiums paid by the Company for the benefit of the executives.

 

(5) The Company and its affiliate, Enterworks, Inc., have an agreement whereby Enterworks, Inc. reimbursed the Company for $65,000 for 2005, $80,000 for 2004, and $108,000 for 2003, of Mr. Wood’s annual salary.

 

Page 57 of 71


Table of Contents

Management Stock Options

The following table shows, as to the individuals named in the Summary Compensation table, the number of shares acquired during such period through the exercise of options, and the number of shares subject to and value of all unexercised options held as of December 31, 2005.

AGGREGATED OPTION/SAR EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR

AND FY-END OPTION/SAR VALUES

 

Name

  

Shares Acquired

On Exercise

  

Value

Realized

  

Number of

Securities

Underlying

Unexercised

Options/SARs

At FY-End
Exercisable/

Unexercisable

  

Value of

Unexercised

In-the-Money

Options/SARs

At FY-End (1)

Exercisable/

Unexercisable

John B. Wood

(Chairman, President and CEO)

   —      —      3,595,990 / 582,000    $0 / $0

Michael P. Flaherty

(Exec. V.P., General Counsel and CAO)

   —      —      619,000 / 261,000    $0 / $0

Robert J. Marino

(Exec. V. P., Special Projects)

   —      —      1,178,900 / 261,000    $0 / $0

Edward L. Williams

(Exec. V. P. and COO)

   —      —      717,000 / 261,000    $0 / $0

John M. McDuffie

(Exec. V. P. and Chief Marketing Officer)

   —      —      163,000 / 287,000    $0 / $0

 

(1) These aggregate values include values for exercisable options to purchase the Class A Common Stock of the Company, common stock of Xacta Corporation and Telos Delaware, Inc. The values are based upon an estimated fair market value at December 31, 2005 of $.62 per share for the Company’s Class A Common Stock and were derived from valuations performed by a third party firm for the trustees of the Telos Shared Savings Plan, a defined contribution employee savings plan in which substantially all full-time employees are eligible to participate.

 

Page 58 of 71


Table of Contents

Compensation of Directors

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, outside directors and proxy holders Mr. Borland, Mr. Byers, Dr. Ikle, Ambassador Motley, and Mr. Stewart were paid $77,000, $39,000, $72,000, $77,000, and $9,000, respectively for their services as directors and proxy holders. Proxy holder services were paid pursuant to the 1994 proxy agreement among the Company, the Defense Security Service, and Mr. John R.C. Porter. The outside Class D directors, Mr. Sterrett and Mr. Baker, were paid $34,000 each.

Effective January 2005, the Board of Directors adopted a new structure for the annual compensation of the Board members which provides for the following: for non-employee directors, a basic fee of $6,250 per quarter and $1,250 for each Board meeting attended, for a maximum of four meetings per year; $1,250 per quarter for the chairman of the Audit Committee, Management Development and Compensation Committee, and the Proxy Board, respectively; $500 per quarter for each member of the Audit Committee, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and the Management Development and Compensation Committee, respectively; $10,000 per quarter to each member of the Independent Committee while the committee remains in existence. The Board of Directors established the Special Litigation Committee on December 22, 2005, with fees of $20,000 per quarter, as Chairman, for Mr. Owsley and $15,000 per quarter for Mr. Stewart.

Employment Contracts

As of December 31, 2005, the Company was a party to agreements with certain of its executive officers. Mr. John Wood, President, CEO, Chairman and Director; Mr. Michael Flaherty, Executive Vice President, General Counsel and CAO; Mr. Robert J. Marino, Executive Vice President – Special Projects; Mr. Edward Williams, Executive Vice President and COO; and Ms. Michele Nakazawa, Senior Vice President and CFO currently have employment contracts with the Company. Each of the agreements is for one-year terms and provides, respectively, for payment to Mr. Wood and Mr. Marino of the equivalent of 24 months base salary then in effect, and for payment to Mr. Flaherty, Mr. Williams and Ms. Nakazawa of the equivalent of 18 months base salary then in effect, if involuntarily terminated or if the agreements are not extended.

Accordingly, if any of them are involuntarily terminated or their employment agreements are not extended, Messrs. Wood and Marino would receive annually $375,000 and $255,000, respectively, for a two-year period, and Mr. Flaherty, Mr. Williams and Ms. Nakazawa would receive 18 months of their annual salaries of $329,000, $277,000, and $160,000, respectively.

In addition to base salary, the executives are eligible for a discretionary bonus and for the grant of stock options under the employment agreements. The amount of any such discretionary bonus and the grant of any such stock options is subject to, depending on the individual, the review and/or approval of the Management Development and Compensation Committee and its report to and approval by the Board of Directors.

Each year, the Company renegotiates its employment contracts as part of the yearly review process. Accordingly in 2006, the Company expects to review the contracts described above. In addition, strategic hires or promotions may increase the number of executives who have employment contracts.

 

Page 59 of 71


Table of Contents
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

Title of Class

  

Name and Address of

Beneficial Owner

  

Amount and Nature of

Beneficial Ownership as of

December 31, 2005

  

Percent of

Class

 

Class A Common Stock

  

John R.C. Porter

34 Rue Concorde

1050 Brussels Belgium

   15,801,802 shares    74.64 %

Class A Common Stock

  

Telos Corporation Shared

Savings Plan

19886 Ashburn Road

Ashburn, VA 20147

   3,658,536 shares    17.28 %

Class B Common Stock

  

Graphite Enterprise Trust PLC

Berkley Square House, 4th Floor

London W1J 6BQ England

   1,681,960 shares (A)    41.66 %

Class B Common Stock

  

Graphite Enterprise Trust LP

Berkley Square House, 4th Floor

London W1J 6BQ England

   420,490 shares (A)    10.41 %

Class B Common Stock

  

Hare & Company

c/o Bank of New York

P.O. Box 11203

New York, NY 10249

   1,186,720 shares    29.39 %

Class B Common Stock

  

Cudd & Company

c/o Chase Manhattan Bank

Corporate Actions Department

Four New York Plaza, 11th Floor

New York, NY 10004

   669,888 shares    16.59 %

Class A Common Stock

   John B. Wood    3,085,626 shares (B)    12.75 %

Class A Common Stock

   Robert J. Marino    1,038,435 shares (B)    4.68 %

Class A Common Stock

   Michael P. Flaherty    384,591 shares (B)    1.78 %

Class A Common Stock

   Edward L. Williams    651,575 shares (B)    3.00 %

Class A Common Stock

   John M. McDuffie    100,000 shares (B)    0.47 %

Class A Common Stock

   Geoffrey Baker    16,000 shares (C)    0.08 %

Class A Common Stock

   David Borland    8,000 shares (C)    0.04 %

Class A Common Stock

   Norman P. Byers    18,000 shares (C)    0.08 %

Class A Common Stock

   Fred C. Ikle    18,000 shares (C)    0.08 %

Class A Common Stock

   Langhorne A. Motley    12,000 shares (C)    0.06 %

Class A Common Stock

   Malcolm M.B. Sterrett    16,000 shares (C)    0.08 %

Class A Common Stock

  

All officers and directors

As a group (14 persons)

   5,501,484 shares (D)    20.79 %

Series A-1 Redeemable

Preferred Stock

  

Hare & Company

c/o Bank of New York

P.O. Box 11203

New York, NY 10249

   99 shares    7.94 %

Series A-1 Redeemable

Preferred Stock

  

Graphite Enterprise Trust PLC

Berkley Square House, 4th Floor

London W1J 6BQ England

   140 shares    11.17 %

Series A-1 Redeemable

Preferred Stock

  

Toxford Corporation

Place de Saint Gervais 1

1211 Geneva Switzerland

   908 shares    72.62 %

Series A-2 Redeemable

Preferred Stock

  

Hare & Company

c/o Bank of New York

P.O. Box 11203

New York, NY 10249

   139 shares    7.94 %

Series A-2 Redeemable

Preferred Stock

  

Graphite Enterprise Trust PLC

Berkley Square House, 4th Floor

London W1J 6BQ England

   196 shares    11.17 %

Series A-2 Redeemable

Preferred Stock

  

Toxford Corporation

Place de Saint Gervais 1

1211 Geneva Switzerland

   1,271 shares    72.62 %

12% Cumulative

Exchangeable Redeemable

Preferred Stock

  

Value Partners, Ltd.

Ewing & Partners

Timothy G. Ewing

4514 Cole Avenue, Suite 808

Dallas, TX 75205

   501,317 shares (E)    15.74 %

12% Cumulative

Exchangeable Redeemable

Preferred Stock

  

Wynnefield Partners Small Cap Value, L.P.

Wynnefield Partners Small Cap Value, L.P. I

Channel Partnership II, L.P.

Wynnefield Small Cap Value Offshore Fund, Ltd.

Wynnefield Capital Management, LLC

Wynnefield Capital, Inc.

Nelson Obus

Joshua Landes

450 Seventh Avenue, Suite 509

New York, NY 10123

   373,500 shares (F)    11.72 %

 

Page 60 of 71


Table of Contents

12% Cumulative

Exchangeable Redeemable

Preferred Stock

  

Athena Capital Management, Inc.

Minerva Group, LP

David P. Cohen

4 Tower Bridge #222

200 Barr Harbor Drive

West Conshohocken, PA 19428

   163,072 shares (G)    5.12 %

12% Cumulative

Exchangeable Redeemable

Preferred Stock

  

Victor Morgenstern

Faye Morgenstern

Judd Morgenstern

Morningstar Trust - Faye Morgenstern Trustee

c/o Harris Associates, LP

Two North LaSalle Street, Suite 500

Chicago, IL 60602

   182,000 (H)    5.71 %

12% Cumulative

Exchangeable Redeemable

Preferred Stock

  

Costa Brava Partnership III, LP

Roark, Rearden & Hamot, LLC

Seth W. Hamot

White Bay Capital Management, LLC

Andrew R. Siegel

237 Park Avenue, Suite 800

New York, NY 10017

   521,287 (I)    16.36 %

 

(A) Graphite Enterprise Trust PLC and Graphite Enterprise Trust LP did not provide the Company with the addresses of the respective beneficial owners.

 

(B) Messrs. Wood, Marino and Williams hold 8,392; 2,052; and 70,976 shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock, respectively. In addition, the common stock holdings of Messrs. Wood, Marino, Flaherty, and Williams include 39,244; 24,483; 4,591; and 30,599 shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock, respectively, held for their beneficial interest by the Telos Corporation Savings Plan. Messrs. Wood, Marino, Flaherty, and Williams hold options to acquire 3,037,990; 1,011,900; 380,000; and 550,000 shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock, respectively, in addition to their current common stock holdings. Mr. McDuffie holds options to acquire 100,000 shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock; unless exercised, these options will terminate on May 31, 2006. This table includes shares which may be purchased upon exercise of the options which are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2006.

 

(C) These holdings are comprised of vested options.

 

(D) The common stock holdings of the Company’s officers and directors as a group include 81,420 shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock; 134,674 shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock held for their beneficial interest by the Telos Corporation Savings Plan, and, under the Company’s stock option plan and certain stock option agreements, options to acquire 5,285,390 shares of Class A Common Stock exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2006.

 

(E) Value Partners Ltd. (“VP”), Ewing & Partners (“E&P”), and Timothy G. Ewing have filed a joint Schedule 13D under which they disclosed that they may act as a “group” within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act. Each of the reporting persons disclosed that it might be deemed to beneficially own the aggregate of 501,317 shares of the Public Preferred Stock held of record by the reporting persons collectively. According to the Schedule 13D, VP has the sole power to vote or direct the vote and the sole power to dispose and to direct the disposition of, and E&P and Timothy G. Ewing have the shared power to vote or direct the vote and the shared power to dispose and to direct the disposition of 501,317 shares.

 

Page 61 of 71


Table of Contents
(F) Wynnefield Partners Small Cap Value, L.P., (“WPSCV”), Wynnefield Partners Small Cap Value L.P. I (“WPSCVI”), Channel Partnership II, L.P. (“CP”), Wynnefield Small Cap Value Offshore Fund, Ltd. (“WSCVOF”), Wynnefield Capital Management, LLC (“WCM”), Wynnefield Capital, Inc. (“WCI”), Mr. Nelson Obus and Mr. Joshua H. Landes have filed a joint Schedule 13D under which they disclosed that they may be deemed to act as a “group” within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act and that such group might be deemed to beneficially own the aggregate of 373,500 shares of the Public Preferred Stock held of record by the reporting persons collectively. According to the Schedule 13D, WCM is the sole general partner of WPSCV and WPSCVI and has the sole power to direct the voting and disposition of the shares beneficially owned by WPSCV and WPSCVI. Messrs. Obus and Landes are the co-managing members of WCM and each shares with the other the power to direct the voting and disposition of the shares that WCM may be deemed to beneficially own. WCI is the sole investment manager of WSCVOF and has the sole power to direct the voting and disposition of the shares that WSCVOF beneficially owns. Messrs. Obus and Landes are executive officers of WCI and each shares with the other the power to direct the voting and disposition of the shares that WCI may be deemed to beneficially own. Mr. Obus is the general partner of CP and has the sole power to direct the voting and disposition of the shares beneficially owned by CP. WPSCV has the sole power to vote or direct the vote and the sole power to dispose or direct the disposition of 131,800 shares. WSCVOF has the sole power to vote or direct the vote and the sole power to dispose or direct the disposition of 85,400 shares. WPSCVI has the sole power to vote or direct the vote and the sole power to dispose or direct the disposition of 142,800 shares. CP has the sole power to vote or direct the vote and the sole power to dispose or direct the disposition of 13,500 shares. Mr. Obus has the sole power to vote or direct the vote and the sole power to dispose or direct the disposition of 13,500 shares, and shared power to vote or direct the vote and the sole power to dispose or direct the disposition of 360,000 shares. Mr. Landes has shared power to vote or direct the vote and the shared power to dispose or direct the disposition of 360,000 shares. WCM has the sole power to vote or direct the vote and the sole power to dispose or direct the disposition of 274,600 shares. WCI has the sole power to vote or direct the vote and the sole power to dispose or direct the disposition of 85,400 shares.

 

(G) Athena Capital Management, Inc. (“ACM”), Minerva Group, LP (“MG”), and Mr. David Cohen have filed a joint Schedule 13G pursuant to which ACM has the shared power to vote or to direct the vote and the shared power to dispose or to direct the disposition of 111,429 shares; MG and Mr. Cohen have the sole power to vote or to direct the vote and the sole power to dispose or to direct the disposition of 44,210 and 7,433 shares, respectively.

 

(H) Victor Morgenstern (“VM”), Faye Morgenstern (“FM”), Judd Morgenstern (“JM”) and Morningstar Trust—Faye Morgenstern Trustee (“MT”) have filed a joint Schedule 13D in which VM has the sole power to vote and dispose of 50,000 shares, and the shared power to dispose of 132,000 shares; FM has the sole power to vote or direct the vote of 17,000 shares and shared power to dispose or direct the disposition of 92,000 shares; JM has the sole power to vote or direct the vote of 40,000 shares and shared power to dispose or direct the disposition of 115,000 shares; MT has the sole power to vote or direct the vote of and shared power to dispose or direct the disposition of 75,000 shares.

 

(I) Costa Brava Partnership III, LP (“CBP”), Roark, Rearden & Hamot, LLC (“RRH”), White Bay Capital Management, LLC (“WBCM”). Mr. Seth W. Hamot and Mr. Andrew R. Siegel have filed a joint Schedule 13D in which CBP has the sole power to vote or to direct the vote and to dispose or direct the disposition of 506,811 shares; RRH, WBCM and Mr. Hamot have the shared power to vote or to direct the vote and dispose or direct the disposition of 506,811 shares; Mr. Siegel has the sole power to vote or direct the vote and to dispose or direct the disposition of 14,476 shares, and the shared power to vote and dispose or direct the vote or disposition of 506,811 shares.

 

Page 62 of 71


Table of Contents
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

Information concerning certain relationships and related transactions between the Company and certain of its current and former officers and directors is set forth below.

Mr. John R.C. Porter, the owner of a majority of the Company’s Class A Common Stock, has a consulting agreement with the Company whereby he is compensated for consulting services provided to the Company in the areas of marketing, product development, strategic planning and finance as requested by the Company. Mr. Porter was paid $260,000 by the Company in 2005, 2004, and 2003 pursuant to this agreement, which amounts were determined by negotiation between the Company and Mr. Porter.

Mr. David S. Aldrich, former President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, entered into an agreement with the Company whereby Mr. Aldrich served as an advisor to the Company from December 31, 2002 through March 31, 2005. In return, Mr. Aldrich was paid $350,000 per annum from January 1, 2003 through March 31, 2005. In December 2005, pursuant to a mutual release agreement with Mr. Aldrich to resolve a dispute concerning salary and medical benefits, the Company paid Mr. Aldrich $25,000.

Mr. William L.P. Brownley, former Vice President and General Counsel of the Company, entered into an agreement with the Company whereby Mr. Brownley served as an of counsel attorney to the Company from December 31, 2000 through March 31, 2003. In return, Mr. Brownley was paid $220,000 per annum from January 1, 2001 through March 31, 2003. The Company provided Mr. Brownley with medical and insurance benefits during that same period.

Mr. Lorenzo Tellez, former Vice President, Treasurer, and CFO of the Company, entered into a settlement agreement with the Company to resolve a dispute concerning Mr. Tellez’s employment contract with the Company. The Company paid Mr. Tellez the equivalent of 24 months of severance in installments during 2001. Mr. Tellez also received medical and insurance benefits through the Company for the same two-year period. The payment of salary and fringe benefits to Mr. Tellez’s amounts to approximately $243,000 per annum. The Company completed its payments of the salary portion of the contract to Mr. Tellez on December 7, 2001. In March 2003, pursuant to the final settlement of arbitration proceedings, the Company paid Mr. Tellez a bonus of $96,000 and legal fees in the amount of $53,000.

 

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Goodman & Company, LLP has served as the principal independent registered public accounting firm since the quarter ended June 30, 2004. PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP served as the principal independent registered public accounting firm for the Company from the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997 to the quarter ended March 31, 2004. Aggregate fees for professional services rendered to the Company by Goodman & Company and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP for the year ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 are summarized as follows:

 

      2005     2004

Goodman & Company, LLP:

    

Audit fees

   $ 237,700 (1)   $ 157,848

Audit-related fees

     57,156       —  

Tax fees

     20,000       —  

All other fees

     13,500       —  
              

Total

   $ 328,356     $ 157,848
              

PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP:

    

Audit fees

   $ —       $ 55,500

Audit-related fees

     15,000       15,000

Tax fees

     —         17,815

All other fees

     10,000       —  
              

Total

   $ 25,000     $ 88,315
              

 

(1) including estimated 2003 re-audit fees

During the first quarter of 2006, the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, after consultation with management and Goodman & Company LLP (“Goodman”), its current registered independent public accounting firm, determined that the Company should make certain restatements, reclassifications, and disclosure enhancements for the periods 2003 and 2004. It was not anticipated that such changes would significantly change the Company’s net income for 2003 or 2004, nor was it anticipated that the resolution of these issues would significantly affect the previously reported total revenue or costs for such periods. On April 28, 2006, the Company engaged Goodman to re-audit the Company’s financial results for the year ended December 31, 2003 and to address certain accounting issues and related disclosures for such period. The issues in question relate to certain enhanced disclosures, financial statement presentations, and cost classifications. These changes are reflected in the chart of restatements and reclassifications in Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC), the Company’s prior principal independent registered accounting firm, previously issued an audit report on the 2003 financial statements which did not contain an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion and was not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles.

 

Page 63 of 71


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

 

1. Financial Statements

As listed in the Index to Financial Statements and Supplementary Data on page 15.

 

2. Financial Statement Schedule

All schedules are omitted as the required information is not applicable or the information is presented in the consolidated financial statements or related notes.

3. Exhibits:

Exhibits marked with (1*) are incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement No. 2-84171 filed June 2, 1983. Exhibits marked with (3*) are incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 10-K report for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1987. Exhibits marked with (4*) are incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 10-K report for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1989. The registrant will furnish to stockholders a copy of other exhibits upon payment of $.20 per page to cover the expense of furnishing such copies. Requests should be directed to the attention of Investor Relations at Telos Corporation, 19886 Ashburn Road, Ashburn, Virginia 20147-2358.

 

  2.6   Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of January 14, 1992, by and among C3, Inc., Telos Corporation and Contel Federal Systems, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to C3, Inc. Form 8-K filed January 29, 1992)
  3.1 (1*)   Articles of Amendment and Restatement of C3, Inc.
  3.2 (1*)   Articles of Amendment of C3, Inc. dated August 31, 1981.
  3.3 (3*)   Articles supplementary of C3, Inc. dated May 31, 1984.
  3.4 (4*)   Articles of Amendment of C3, Inc. dated August 18, 1988.
  3.5   Articles of Amendment and Restatement Supplementary to the Articles of Incorporation dated August 3, 1990. (Incorporated by reference to C3, Inc. 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1990)
  3.6   Restated Bylaws of C3, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to C3, Inc. 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 1990)
  3.7   Articles of Amendment of C3, Inc. dated April 13, 1995
  4.1   Form of Indenture between the Registrant and Bankers Trust Company, as Trustee, relating to the 12% Junior Subordinated Debentures Due 2009. (Incorporated herein by reference to C3’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed October 20, 1989
  4.3   Form of the terms of the 12% Cumulative Exchangeable Redeemable Preferred Stock of the Registrant. (Incorporated herein by reference to C3’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed October 20, 1989)
  4.4   Shareholders Agreement dated as of August 3, 1990 by and among C3, Inc.; Union de Banques Suisses(Luxembourg), S.A.; C3 Investors, L.P.; Anthony Craig, together with the investors; the Class A holders; MIM Limited; Knoll and Associates, Inc.; Murray Enterprises PLC; Electra Development Holdings; and Hartley Limited. (Incorporated by reference to C3, Inc. 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1990)
  4.5   Articles of Amendment and Restatement of the Company, filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Maryland on January 14, 1992. (Incorporated by reference to C3, Inc. Form 8-K filed January 29, 1992)
10.20   Revolving and Reducing Senior Facility Credit Agreement dated as of January 14, 1992, among C3, Inc., Telos Corporation and NationsBank, N.A. (Incorporated by reference to C3, Inc. Form 8-K filed January 29, 1992)
10.31   September 27, 1993 Settlement Agreement among John R.C. Porter, Toxford Corporation, Cantrade Nominees Ltd., Cantrade Trust Company (Cayman) Ltd., Cantrade Trustee, AG, Fred Knoll, Cottonwood Holdings, C3 Investors L.P., C3, Inc., Telos Corporation, Joseph P. Beninati, John B. Wood and Beninati & Wood, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to C3, Inc. Form 8-K filed October 18, 1993)
10.32   September 27, 1993 Stock Purchase and Sale Agreement between Mr. John R.C. Porter and C3 Investors, L.P. (Incorporated by reference to C3, Inc. Form 8-K filed October 18, 1993)
10.33   September 27, 1993 Stock Purchase and Sale Agreement between Mr. John R.C. Porter and Cottonwood Holdings, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to C3, Inc. Form 8-K filed October 18, 1993)
10.34   September 27, 1993 Note Interest Purchase and Sale Agreement among Mr. John R.C. Porter, Cottonwood and C3, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to C3, Inc. Form 8-K filed October 18, 1993)
10.35   October 8, 1993 Promissory Note in the amount of $8,438,000 issued by Mr. John R.C. Porter in favor of C3 Investors, L.P. (Incorporated by reference to C3, Inc. Form 8-K filed October 18, 1993)
10.36   October 8, 1993 Promissory Note in the amount of $1,562,000 issued by Mr. John R.C. Porter in favor of Cottonwood Holdings, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to C3, Inc. Form 8-K filed October 18, 1993)

 

Page 64 of 71


Table of Contents
10.37    September 27, 1993 Collateral Agency, Security and Pledge Agreement among Mr. John R.C. Porter, Mr. Fred Knoll, Cottonwood Holdings, C3 Investors, L.P., C3, Inc., Telos Corporation, Toxford Corporation, Cantrade Nominees Limited, Mr. Robert M. Ercole and Mr. Frank S. Jones, Jr. (Incorporated by reference to C3, Inc. Form 8-K filed October 18, 1993)
10.38    September 27, 1993 Standstill Agreement among Mr. John R.C. Porter, Mr. Fred Knoll, Mr. Alfredo Frohlich and C3, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to C3, Inc. Form 8-K filed October 18, 1993)
10.39    September 27, 1993 Mutual Release among Mr. John R.C. Porter, Mr. Fred Knoll, Cottonwood Holdings, C3 Investors, L.P., C3, Inc., Telos Corporation, Mr. Joseph P. Beninati, Mr. John B. Wood, and Beninati & Wood, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to C3, Inc. Form 8-K filed October 18, 1993)
10.40    September 27, 1993 Consulting Agreement among Mr. Fred Knoll, C3, Inc. and Telos Corporation. (Incorporated by reference to C3, Inc. Form 8-K filed October 18, 1993)
10.43    Amendment to Revolving and Reducing Senior Credit Facility dated as of December 31, 1993 among C3, Inc., Telos Corporation and NationsBank, N.A.
10.44    Amendment to Revolving and Reducing Senior Credit Facility dated as of April 11, 1994 among C3, Inc., Telos Corporation and NationsBank, N.A.
10.45    Amendment to Revolving and Reducing Senior Credit Facility dated as of June 8, 1994 among C3, Inc., Telos Corporation and NationsBank, N.A.
10.46    Amendment to Revolving and Reducing Senior Credit Facility dated as of October 7, 1994 among C3, Inc., Telos Corporation and NationsBank, N.A.
10.47    October 7, 1994 Letter Agreement among C3, Inc., Toxford Corporation, and NationsBank, N.A. regarding cash collateral held on behalf of the Company.
10.48    October 25, 1994 General Release and Settlement memorandum among Sapiens International Corporation N.V., Sapiens International Corporation B.V., Sapiens U.S.A., Inc., C3, Inc. and Telos Corporation
10.49    Amendment to Revolving and Reducing Senior Credit Facility dated as of January 5, 1995 among C3, Inc., Telos Corporation and NationsBank, N.A.
10.50    Amendment to Revolving and Reducing Senior Credit Facility dated as of January 12, 1995 among C3, Inc., Telos Corporation and NationsBank, N.A.
10.51    Waiver and Amendment to Revolving and Reducing Senior Credit Facility dated as of April 17, 1995 among C3, Inc., Telos Corporation and NationsBank, N.A.
10.52    Subordinated Bridge Note/Promissory Note as of June 8, 1995 between Telos Corporation (Maryland) and Drayton English and International Investment Trust
10.53    Subordinated Bridge Note/Promissory Note as of June 8, 1995 between Telos Corporation (Maryland) and J.O. Hambro Investment Management, Ltd.
10.54    Subordinated Bridge Note/Promissory Note as of June 8, 1995 between Telos Corporation (Maryland) and North Atlantic Smaller Companies Investment Trust, PLC
10.55    Subordinated Bridge Note/Promissory Note as of June 8, 1995 between Telos Corporation (Maryland) and Mr. John R.C. Porter
10.56    Subordinated Bridge Note/Promissory Note as of June 8, 1995 between Telos Corporation (Maryland) and Sir Leslie Porter
10.57    Subordinated Bridge Note/Promissory Note as of June 8, 1995 between Telos Corporation (Maryland) and Second Consolidated Trust, PLC
10.58    Series B Senior Subordinated Secured Note due October 1, 2000 as of October 13, 1995 between Telos Corporation (Maryland) and Drayton English and International Investment Trust
10.59    Series B Senior Subordinated Secured Note due October 1, 2000 as of October 13, 1995 between Telos Corporation (Maryland) and J. O. Hambro Investment Management, Ltd.
10.60    Series B Senior Subordinated Secured Note due October 1, 2000 as of October 13, 1995 between Telos Corporation (Maryland) and North Atlantic Smaller Companies Investment Trust, PLC
10.61    Series B Senior Subordinated Secured Note due October 1, 2000 as of October 13, 1995 between Telos Corporation (Maryland) and Mr. John R.C. Porter
10.62    Series B Senior Subordinated Secured Note due October 1, 2000 as of October 13, 1995 between Telos Corporation (Maryland) and Sir Leslie Porter
10.63    Series B Senior Subordinated Secured Note due October 1, 2000 as of October 13, 1995 between Telos Corporation (Maryland) and Second Consolidated Trust, PLC
10.64    Series B Senior Subordinated Secured Note due October 1, 2000 as of October 13, 1995 between Telos Corporation (Maryland) and Toxford Corp.
10.65    Series C Senior Subordinated Unsecured Note due October 1, 2000 as of October 13, 1995 between Telos Corporation (Maryland) and Drayton English and International Investment Trust
10.66    Series C Senior Subordinated Unsecured Note due October 1, 2000 as of October 13, 1995 between Telos Corporation (Maryland) and J.O. Hambro Investment Management, Ltd.
10.67    Series C Senior Subordinated Unsecured Note due October 1, 2000 as of October 13, 1995 between Telos Corporation (Maryland) and North Atlantic Smaller Companies Investment Trust, PLC

 

Page 65 of 71


Table of Contents
10.68    Series C Senior Subordinated Unsecured Note due October 1, 2000 as of October 13, 1995 between Telos Corporation (Maryland) and Mr. John R.C. Porter
10.69    Series C Senior Subordinated Unsecured Note due October 1, 2000 as of October 13, 1995 between Telos Corporation (Maryland) and Sir Leslie Porter
10.70    Series C Senior Subordinated Unsecured Note due October 1, 2000 as of October 13, 1995 between Telos Corporation (Maryland) and Second Consolidated Trust, PLC
10.71    Series C Senior Subordinated Unsecured Note due October 1, 2000 as of October 13, 1995 between Telos Corporation (Maryland) and Toxford Corp.
10.72    Amendment to Revolving and Reducing Senior Credit Facility dated as of August 4, 1995 Telos Corporation(Maryland), Telos Corporation (California) and NationsBank N.A.
10.73    Amendment to Revolving and Reducing Senior Credit Facility dated as of October 13, 1995 Telos Corporation (Maryland), Telos Corporation (California) and NationsBank N.A.
10.74    1996 Stock Option Plan
10.76    Sixteenth Amendment to Credit Facility and Tenth Amended and Restated Promissory Note
10.77    Enterworks, Inc. 1996 Stock Option Plan
10.78    Form of Series A Senior Subordinated Unsecured Note
10.79    Form of Enterworks, Inc., inc. Capital Stock Purchase Series A Warrant
10.80    Asset Purchase Agreement
10.81    Amendment No. 1 to Asset Purchase Agreement
10.82    Amended and Restated Credit Agreement between Telos Corporation, a Maryland corporation; Telos Corporation, a California corporation; and NationsBank, N.A. dated as of July 1, 1997
10.83    Asset Purchase Agreement
10.84    Interim Agreement
10.85    Share Purchase Agreement between Telos Corporation, a Maryland corporation, formerly named and known as C3, Inc. and Union Bank of Switzerland, dated May 7, 1998
10.86    Series D Senior Subordinated Unsecured Note due October 1, 2000 as of November 20, 1998 between Telos Corporation(Maryland) and Foreign and Colonial Enterprise Trust PLC
10.87    Series D Senior Subordinated Unsecured Note due October 1, 2000 as of November 20, 1998 between Telos Corporation(Maryland) and Foreign and Colonial Enterprise Trust LP
10.88    Common Stock Purchase Series D Warrant between Telos Corporation (Maryland) and Foreign and Colonial Enterprise Trust PLC
10.89    Common Stock Purchase Series D Warrant between Telos Corporation (Maryland and Foreign and Colonial Enterprise Trust LP
10.90    Form of Stock Purchase Agreement
10.91    Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 29, 1999 between Telos Corporation (Maryland), Telos Corporation (California), Telos Field Engineering, Inc. and TFE Technology Holdings, Inc.
10.92    Letter to Bank of America concerning Enterworks private placement
10.93    Form of Enterworks Subdebt conversion letter
10.94    Form of Telos Subdebt conversion letter
10.95    Listing of Subdebt conversion parties
10.96    Transaction agreement between Telos and Enterworks
10.97    Loan and Security Agreement between Telos Corporation, a Maryland corporation, and Foothill Capital Corporation, dated as of October 21, 2002 including related documents and amendments 1 through 8
10.98    Employment Agreement – Michael P. Flaherty
10.99    Employment Agreement – Robert J. Marino
10.100    Employment Agreement – Michele Nakazawa
10.101    Employment Agreement – Edward L. Williams
10.102    Employment Agreement – John B. Wood
10.103    Waiver and Ninth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement between Telos Corporation, a Maryland corporation, and Wells Fargo Foothill, Inc.
10.104    Telos Corporation Amended Bylaws
21    List of subsidiaries of Telos Corporation
31.1    Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
31.2    Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
32    Certification pursuant to 18 USC Section 1350.

 

Page 66 of 71


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Telos Corporation has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

TELOS CORPORATION

By:

 

/s/ John B. Wood

 

John B. Wood

 

Chief Executive Officer

Date:

 

May 22, 2006

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of Telos Corporation and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ John B. Wood

John B. Wood

  

Chief Executive Officer

  May 22, 2006

/s/ Michele Nakazawa

Michele Nakazawa

  

Chief Executive Officer

  May 22, 2006

/s/ Geoffrey B. Baker

Geoffrey B. Baker

  

Director

  May 22, 2006

/s/ David Borland

David Borland

  

Director

  May 22, 2006

/s/ Norman P. Byers

Norman P. Byers

  

Director

  May 22, 2006

/s/ Robert J. Marino

Robert J. Marino

  

Director

  May 22, 2006

/s/ Langhorne A. Motley

Ambassador Langhorne A. Motley

  

Director

  May 22, 2006

 

Thomas L. Owsley

  

Director

  May 22, 2006

/s/ Malcolm M.B. Sterrett

Malcolm M.B. Sterrett

  

Director

  May 22, 2006

 

Bruce J. Stewart

  

Director

  May 22, 2006

 

Page 67 of 71

EXHIBIT 10.98

Exhibit 10.98

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made and entered into as of this 1st day of January, 2004, by and between Telos Corporation, a Maryland corporation, for itself and its subsidiary companies, divisions, affiliates and operating entities (the “Company”) and Michael P. Flaherty (the “Executive”).

WITNESSETH THAT:

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive desire to enter into this Agreement pertaining to the employment of the Executive by the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth below and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Executive and the Company hereby agree as follows:

1. Performance of Services. The Executive’s employment with the Company shall be subject to the following:

 

(a) Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Company hereby agrees to employ the Executive as its Executive Vice President and General Counsel during the Agreement Term (as defined below).

 

(b) During the Agreement Term, the Executive shall devote full time (reasonable sick leave and vacations excepted) and best efforts, energies and talents to serving the Company.

 

(c) The Executive agrees to perform his duties faithfully and efficiently subject to the direction of the Company. The Executive will have such authority, power, responsibilities and duties as are inherent in such position and necessary to carry out such responsibilities and the duties required hereunder.

 

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the Agreement Term, the Executive may devote reasonable time to activities other than those required under this Agreement, including activities involving professional, charitable, educational, religious and similar types of organizations, speaking engagements, membership on the boards of directors of other profit or not-for-profit organizations, and similar activities, to the extent that such other activities do not, in the judgment of the Company, inhibit or prohibit the performance of the Executive’s duties under this Agreement or conflict in any material way with the Company’s business.

 

(e) The Executive shall not be required to perform services under this Agreement during any period in which determined as Disabled (as defined below).

 

(f) The “Agreement Term” shall be the period beginning on January 1, 2004, for a one year period, and thereafter automatically renewing for consecutive one year periods unless terminated in accordance with the provisions hereof.


2. Compensation and Benefits. While the Executive is employed by the Company pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall compensate him for his services as follows:

 

(a) Base Salary. During the Agreement Term the Executive shall receive an annual base salary of no less than $300,000 (the “Salary”), payable in accordance with the Company’s payroll cycle.

 

(b) Annual Bonus. The Company shall provide to the Executive an annual bonus opportunity, based upon the Company’s Annual Bonus Plan, performance achievements of the Company and of the Executive. Any annual bonus for the Executive in each fiscal year shall be determined by the Chief Executive Officer, subject to approval by the Board of Directors, and shall be based upon the Annual Bonus Plan actual performance achieved by the Company and by the Executive in such fiscal year as compared with the planned/expected performance of the Company and the Executive for such fiscal year. Any such annual bonus shall be paid to the Executive as soon as practicable following its approval.

 

(c) Stock Options. The Executive shall be eligible for additional stock option grants under any of the Company’s Stock Option Plans in an amount determined by the Chief Executive Officer, and which is commensurate with the level of option awards made to other senior executives of the Company. Such options shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable Stock Option Plan and the standard option agreement adopted by the Company for use under the Stock Option Plan.

 

(d) Expense Reimbursement. While the Agreement is in effect, the Company will reimburse the Executive for all reasonable and necessary expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with the performance of his duties for the Company. Such reimbursement is subject to the submission to the Company by the Executive of appropriate documentation and/or vouchers, and will be made in accordance with the customary procedures of the Company for expense reimbursement, as may from time to time be established.

 

(e) Vacation. While the Agreement is in effect, in each fiscal year of the Company, the Executive shall be entitled to 5 weeks paid vacation time, which vacation shall be cumulative from year to year until Corporate maximum occurs.

 

(f) Other Benefits. The Executive shall be eligible to participate in any and all plans maintained by the Company to provide benefits for its salaried senior executives, and, including, without limitation, any pension, profit sharing or other retirement plan, any life, accident, disability, medical, hospital or similar group insurance program and any other benefit plan, subject to the normal terms and conditions of such plans.

3. Termination. The Executive’s employment with the Company pursuant to this Agreement may terminate under the following circumstances.

 

(a) Death. The Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate upon his death.

 

2


(b) Disability. If the Executive becomes Disabled, the Company may terminate Executive’s employment. For purposes of this Agreement, the Executive shall be deemed to be “Disabled” if (i) eligible for disability benefits under the Company’s long-term disability plan, or (ii) has a physical or mental disability which renders Executive incapable, after reasonable accommodation, of performing substantially all of Executive’s duties hereunder for a period of 180 days (which need not be consecutive) in any 12-month period. In the event of a dispute as to whether the Executive is Disabled, the Company may, at its expense, refer Executive to a licensed practicing physician of the Company’s choice and the Executive agrees to submit to such tests and examination as such physician shall deem customary and appropriate.

 

(c) Cause. The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder immediately and at any time for Cause by written notice to the Executive detailing the basis for the Cause termination. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” means (i) gross negligence or willful and continued failure by the Executive to substantially perform his duties as an employee of the Company (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness); (ii) Executive’s dishonesty, fraudulent misrepresentation, willful misconduct, malfeasance, violation of fiduciary duty relating to the business of the Corporation; or (iii) conviction of a felony.

 

(d) Without Cause. The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder immediately and at any time without Cause by written notice to the Executive.

 

(e) Termination by Executive. The Executive may terminate his employment hereunder at any time for any reason by giving the Company prior written notice not less than 30 days prior to such termination, or in the event of a change of control of the Company whereby greater than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding stock of the Company is transferred to other individual(s) or entity(s), and there is a change in the majority of the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(f) Mutual Agreement. This Agreement may be terminated at any time by mutual written agreement of the parties.

 

(g) Date of Termination. “Date of Termination” means the last day that the Executive is employed by the Company under the terms of this Agreement, provided that Executive’s employment is terminated in accordance with one of the foregoing provisions.

4. Rights Upon Termination. The Executive’s right to payments and benefits under this Agreement for periods after his Date of Termination shall be determined in accordance with the following:

 

(a) If the Executive’s Date of Termination occurs for Cause, or if the Executive terminates the Agreement in accordance with paragraph 3(e) above, the Company shall pay to the Executive:

 

  (i) A lump-sum payment equivalent to the remaining unpaid portion of the Executive’s Salary for the period ending on the Date of Termination.

 

3


  (ii) A lump-sum payment for all accrued and unused vacation days.

 

  (iii) Any other payments or benefits to be provided to the Executive by the Company pursuant to any employee benefit plans or arrangements adopted by the Company, to the extent such payments and benefits are earned and vested as of the Date of Termination, or are required by law to be offered for periods following the Executive’s Date of Termination.

 

(b) If the Company terminates the Executive without Cause, or due to Disability, or due death, then in addition to the amounts payable under the preceding paragraphs, the Executive shall be entitled to:

 

  (i) A payment equivalent to 18 months salary, payable in a lump sum or payable in accordance with the Company’s payroll cycle as determined by the CEO.

 

  (ii) Immediate vesting of the unvested portion of any outstanding stock option, consistent with the provisions of the applicable stock option plan.

 

  (iii) Continued coverage under the medical, dental, short and long-term disability, life and other similar benefit programs for the 18 month period listed above, as if he were still employed by the Company.

5. Non-Competition. During the Agreement Term and for a period of 18 months subsequent to the date of termination, the Executive will not, without the prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, (i) own or acquire in any manner any interest (other than the ownership solely for investment purposes of not more than five percent of the shares of any corporation, the shares of which are publicly and regularly traded on a national securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market) in any person, firm, partnership, company, association or other entity that competes with the Company in the business of enterprise security and integration solutions and services to customers in the United States government and industry (the “Business”), (ii) be employed by, or serve as an employee, agent, officer, director of, any person, firm, partnership, corporation or provider of services competitive with the Business of the Company, or (iii) provide financial, technical, marketing or other assistance or act as a representative, broker, director, officer, employee, advisor, consultant or agent of any person or entity that is competitive with the Business of the Company.

6. Confidentiality. The Executive promises that he will receive, develop and hold Confidential Information in strict confidence and will not use or disclose Confidential Information, or make copies of any documents containing Confidential Information, except in furtherance of the Business of the Company, unless the Chief Executive Officer provides prior written consent The Executive further agrees to use reasonable efforts to safeguard the Confidential Information and protect it from disclosure, misuse, loss or theft. The foregoing promises of confidentiality shall not apply if and to the extent that the Executive is ordered by a court or other governmental agency to

 

4


disclose Confidential Information, provided the Executive has given the Company prompt written notice of the order or subpoena and provides all reasonable cooperation necessary to limit such disclosure and to protect the confidentiality of any Confidential Information so disclosed “Confidential Information” means all nonpublic information (whether or not specifically labeled or identified as confidential), that has been or is disclosed to, developed or learned by the Executive as a result of employment with the Company and that relates to the business, finances, products, services, customers, research or development of the Company or third parties with whom the Company does business or from whom the Company receives information. The definition of Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to, the following: access codes, security devices and naming conventions used in software and hardware systems; databases of information; other proprietary software; proprietary specifications for hardware and software platforms, the identity and transactions with customers, clients and suppliers; marketing product and service plans, objectives and strategies; tactical objectives, approaches, and competitive advantages; internal financial information; specialized marketing programs related to products and services offered or under development by the Company (or any parent or affiliate of the Company); data and reports related to marketing programs; proprietary systems and operations manuals; proprietary training manuals; proprietary technical and scientific know-how, data and strategies; the Company’s information gathering processes and compilations of information; and information disclosed to the Company by its business partners, licensees, customers and clients in reliance on promises that its confidentiality will be preserved.

7. Non-Solicitation.

(a) The Executive recognizes that the Company incurs significant expense in training employees to provide services in accordance with the Company’s Business and that the Company will disclose Confidential Information to each such employee. The Executive promises that, during the Agreement Term and for a period of 18 months after expiration of the Agreement Term, the Executive will not, without the prior written consent of the Company, knowingly hire, directly or indirectly, any person then employed by the Company, or knowingly solicit, directly or indirectly, such a person either to terminate or diminish employment with the Company, or to work for any other person or entity, whether or not a competitor, and the Executive shall not approach any such employee for any such purpose or authorize or knowingly cooperate with the taking of any such actions by any other individual or entity.

(b) The Executive also acknowledges that the Company incurs significant expense in developing business partners, licensees, customers and clients. The Executive promises that, during the Agreement Term and for a period of 18 months after the Agreement Term ends, the Executive will not, without the prior written consent of the Company, knowingly directly or indirectly, solicit any customer, business partner, licensee or client of the Company to terminate or diminish its business relationship with the Company or to purchase any product or service that is or may be used as a substitute for any product or service of the Company, and the Executive shall not knowingly approach any such customer, supplier, lessor or lessee for such purpose or authorize or knowingly cooperate with the taking of any such actions by any other individual or entity.

8. Restrictions Reasonable. Executive agrees that the restrictions set forth in sections 5 (Non-Competition), 6 (Confidentiality), and 7 (Non-Solicitation) are reasonable, proper and

 

5


necessitated by the legitimate business interests of the Company, and do not constitute an unlawful or unreasonable restraint upon Executive’s ability to earn a living. Executive acknowledges that it may be impossible to assess the monetary damages occurred by Executive’s violation of sections 6, 7 or 8 of this Agreement, that violations of those sections will be material breaches of this Agreement and will cause irreparable injury to the Company. Accordingly, Executive agrees that Company will be entitled, in addition to all other rights and remedies which may be available, to an injunction in joining and restraining Executive and any other involved party from committing a violation of this Agreement, and Executive consents to the issuance and entry of such injunction. In addition, Company will be entitled to such damages as it can demonstrate that it sustained by reason of the violation of this Agreement by the Executive and/or others. The parties agree that in the event of any litigation to enforce or interpret this Agreement, the prevailing party will be entitled to recover all costs, including reasonable attorney’s fees, from the non-prevailing party. In the event Company enforces this section through a Court Order, Executive agrees that the restriction on Executive following termination of employment set forth in this Agreement shall remain in effect for a period of one year from the date of the final Court Order enforcing this Agreement.

9. Return of Materials. Upon the Executive’s Date of Termination, or at any time upon the Company’s request, the Executive (or if deceased, the Executive’s personal representative) shall promptly deliver to the Company without retaining copies, all tangible things that are or contain Confidential Information. The Executive or such personal representative shall also promptly deliver to the Company all computer print-outs, books, software manuals and directions, floppy disks and other such media for storing software and information, work papers, files, customer lists, supplier lists, employee lists, telephone and/or address books, Rolodex or equivalent cards, memoranda, appointment books, calendars, employee manuals, sales aides, keys and other tangible things provided to the Executive by the Company, or authored in whole or in part by the Executive within the scope of his employment by the Company, even if they do not contain Confidential Information; provided that the Executive shall not be required to deliver personal files and personal information unrelated to the Company’s business. At the time of such deliveries, the Executive shall disclose to the Company any passwords or other knowledge required to access and use any of the foregoing. The Executive acknowledges that he does not have, and will not acquire, any ownership rights in such materials and things.

10. Nonalienation. The interests of the Executive under this Agreement are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by the Executive’s creditors or beneficiaries.

11. Successors. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the Company and its successors and assigns and upon any person acquiring, whether by merger, consolidation, purchase of assets or otherwise, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets and business.

 

6


12. Notices. Notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or sent by facsimile or prepaid overnight courier to the parties at the addresses set forth below (or such other addresses as shall be specified by the parties by like notice):

To the Company:

Telos Corporation

19886 Ashburn Road

Ashburn, VA 20147

Attn.: General Counsel

To the Executive:

Michael P. Flaherty

310 North Carolina Avenue, SE

Washington, DC 20003

13. Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, and this Agreement will be construed as if such invalid or unenforceable provision were omitted (but only to the extent that such provision cannot be appropriately reformed or modified).

14. Waiver of Breach. No waiver of either party hereto of a breach of any provision of this Agreement by the other party will operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach by such other party. The failure of either party to take any action by reason of such breach will not deprive such party of the right to take action at any time while such breach continues.

15. Amendment. This Agreement may be amended or canceled only by mutual agreement of the parties in writing without the consent of any other person. So long as the Executive lives, no person, other than the Executive and the Company, shall have any rights under or interest in this Agreement or the subject matter hereof.

16. Choice of Law and Forum Selection. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia as to its validity, interpretation and enforcement. Should it be necessary for the Company to file suit, exclusive jurisdiction will lie in the courts of the Commonwealth of Virginia.

17. Survival of Agreement. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the rights and obligations of the parties to this Agreement shall survive the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company.

18. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties concerning the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, if any, between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof.

19. Acknowledgement by Executive. The Executive represents to the Company that he is knowledgeable and sophisticated as to business matters, including the subject matter of this Agreement, that he has read this Agreement and that he understands its terms. The Executive acknowledges that, prior to assenting to the terms of this Agreement, he has been given a reasonable time to review it, to consult with counsel of his choice, and to negotiate at

 

7


arm’s-length with the Company as to the contents. The Executive and the Company agree that the language used in this Agreement is the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and that no rule of strict construction is to be applied against either party hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive has hereunto set his hand, and the Company has caused these presents to be executed in its name and on its behalf, as of the date above first written.

 

EXECUTIVE

   

TELOS CORPORATION

a Maryland corporation

/s/ Michael P. Flaherty

   

By:

 

/s/ John Wood

Michael P. Flaherty

   

Name:

 

John Wood

Executive

   

Title:

 

CEO

 

8

EXHIBIT 10.99

Exhibit 10.99

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT, effective as of April 1, 2000, is entered into by and between Robert J. Marino (hereinafter referred to as the “Employee”) and Telos Corporation, a Maryland corporation.

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to employ the Employee as Executive Vice President, Sales and Marketing, and the Employee wishes to serve the Company in such capacity.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the conditions and covenants set forth hereinafter, it is agreed as follows:

 

1. Definitions

 

  (a) “Effective Date” shall mean April 1, 2000.

 

  (b) “Employment” shall mean the employment of the Employee by the Company during the Employment Period pursuant to the terms and conditions described herein.

 

  (c) “Employment Period” shall mean the period during which the Employment is in effect, determined pursuant to Section 6.

 

  (d) “For Cause” shall mean to knowingly commit an act in bad faith that directly results in a substantial operating detriment to the Company.

 

  (e) “Good Reason” shall mean (i) the failure of the Company to pay the Employee any portion of his salary, including bonuses within 60 days after any such salary or bonus is due and owing or (ii) any meaningful diminution in scope of responsibility or authority, or any reduction of salary or compensation, or those circumstances as described in Section 6 (b)(v).

 

2. Employment, Duties and Agreements

 

  (a) The Company hereby agrees to employ the Employee as Executive Vice President, Sales and Marketing, and the Employee hereby accepts such employment and agrees to serve the Company in such capacity during the Employment Period. The Employee’s duties and responsibilities shall be such duties and responsibilities as the President and Chief Executive Officer may reasonably determine from time to time and as are consistent with his job title and his current duties, responsibilities and authority. The Employee’s principal work location shall be in Ashburn, Virginia, but the Employee may be required to travel consistent with the requirements of his position, as Employee deems appropriate. In rendering the Employment, the Employee shall be subject to, and shall act in accordance with all reasonable instructions and directions of the President and Chief Executive Officer.


2000 Employment Agreement

Robert J. Marino

Page 2

 

  (b) During the Employment Period, the Employee shall devote all time, as he reasonably deems necessary to fulfill his duties and responsibilities as specified above. Employee shall faithfully and diligently endeavor to promote the business and best interests of the Company, and shall make available to the Company all knowledge possessed by him relating to any aspect of his duties and responsibilities hereunder.

 

  (c) Except as specifically provided herein, during the Employment Period the Employee may not, without the prior written consent of the Company, operate, participate in the management, operations or control of, or act as an employee, officer, director, trustee, consultant, principal, partner, shareholder, agent or representative of any type of business or service that competes with the Company provided, however, that if the conditions set forth in the next sentence are satisfied, the Employee shall not require any such consent in connection with his (i) passive investment in less than 5% of any class of securities which are required to be registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, (ii) passive investment in (a) any securities which are not required to be so registered or (b) any business venture (whether or not for profit) with respect to which securities have not been issued, or (iii) serving on educational, civic or charitable boards or committees or delivering lectures or speeches, or teaching at educational, civic or charitable institutions.

 

3. Compensation

As compensation for the performance by the Employee of his obligations hereunder and the agreements made by the Employee herein, during the Employment Period the Company shall pay the Employee a base salary at the annual rate of $218,358 payable pursuant to the Company’s normal payroll schedule as adjusted from time to time, with such increases as may be awarded from time to time by the President and Chief Executive Officer.

 

4. Incentive Compensation

Employee shall be entitled to incentive compensation as may be identified in the Company’s Incentive Plan, or in the CEO’s discretion.

 

5. Company Stock Option Grant

The Company will grant or cause to be granted to the Employee an option to purchase Shares in an amount and at a price commensurate with and not less than that which may be granted to other similarly situated corporate officers of the Company.

 

6. Employment Period

 

  (a) Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 6, the Employment Period shall commence on the Effective Date and shall terminate 12 months from the Effective Date, or may continue for any such further time period as set forth in Section 6 (b)(v).


2000 Employment Agreement

Robert J. Marino

Page 3

 

  (b) The Employment Period shall terminate upon the occurrence of any of the following:

 

  (i) The Employment Period shall terminate as of the date of the Employee’s death. In such case, the estate of the Employee shall be entitled to the balance of salary and incentive due and owned through the term of this Agreement and shall not be entitled to any further compensation or payments under this Agreement.

 

  (ii) The Company may terminate the Employment Period at any time For Cause. In the event of the termination of the Employment Period pursuant to this paragraph (ii), the Employee shall be entitled to any unpaid base salary due and owed to the date of termination and shall not be entitled to any further compensation or payments under this Agreement.

 

  (iii) The Company may terminate the Employment Period at any time other than For Cause. In the event of the termination of the Employment Period pursuant to this paragraph, the Employee shall be paid (a) any unpaid base salary, and other amounts including Incentive Compensation, if any, pursuant to Section 4 of this Agreement theretofore earned but not paid, through the date of such termination, and (b) a cash payment, payable within 30 days of the termination, equal to the Employee’s base salary then in effect through the remaining Employment Period, plus 2 years of the Employee’s base salary then in effect. However, at the discretion of the Company, the cash payment referred to above may be paid over a two-year period in equal installments in accordance with the Company’s payroll cycle. The Company will continue to provide medical, dental, LTD, STD, life insurance and other similar benefits through the remaining Employment Period and for a 24 month period following the remaining Employment Period as if employee were still employed.

 

  (iv) During the Employment Period, the Employee shall be entitled to terminate the Employment. If the Employee terminates the employment for other than Good Reason, the second sentence of paragraph (ii) of this Section 6 (b) shall apply. If the Employee terminates Employment for Good Reason, then the provisions of this Section (6)(b)(iii) shall apply.

 

  (v) At the end of the initially stated Employment Period should the Company and the Employee fail to reach in good faith mutually agreeable terms with regard to the extension of the Employment Agreement, the Company will pay the Employee a cash payment equivalent to two years of the Employee’s base salary then in effect plus benefits as delineated in section 6(b)(iii). However, at the discretion of the Company, the cash payment referred to above may be paid over a two-year period in equal installments in accordance with the Company’s payroll cycle. Further, if Employee is not notified in writing by the Company 60 days prior to the termination of the initial Employment Period or any subsequent Employment Period of the Company’s intentions as to the renewal of this agreement, the Employee shall have the right, but not the obligation, to terminate this agreement which termination shall be deemed for “Good Reason.”


2000 Employment Agreement

Robert J. Marino

Page 4

 

7. General Release

 

  (a) In return for any severance payment at the time of a termination, which is not for cause Employee agrees to sign a mutual release substantially in the following format: For and in consideration of the severance payment, and continuation of health benefits through the term of payment of severance, the Employee and all his heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and assigns, does hereby fully and forever release, discharge and acquit the Company, and all officers, directors, employees and subsidiaries, affiliates, attorneys, agents, successors, and assigns the Company from any and all actions, claims, causes of actions, obligations, costs, damages, losses, commissions, liabilities, claims and demands of whatsoever character to the date hereof, including but without limiting the generality of the foregoing releases, any and all causes of action and claims of whatsoever character arising from or in any way related to the employment of the Employee by the Company.

 

  (b) It is understood and agreed by the Employee that the consideration from the Company is for the settlement of all claims whatsoever, and that the Employee waives any and all claims whatsoever against the Company regarding his employment by the Company, including but not limited to any claims under any federal or state laws, or any common law tort action concerning his employment with the Company.

 

  (c) It is expressly understood and agreed that this General Release extends to all claims of every nature and kind whatsoever, known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected.

 

  (d) The Company’s release of Employee shall be in a substantially similar format, as that described in section 7 (a).

 

8. Other Fringe Benefits

During the Employment Period, the Company shall provide the Employee with all current benefits which he now receives, and all benefits as may be appropriate to an Executive Vice President and as are offered to other senior corporate officers of the Company.

 

9. Non-Disclosure

The Employee agrees that all information pertaining to the prior, current or contemplated business of the Company (excluding (a) publicly available information (in substantially the form in which it is publicly available) unless such information is publicly available by reason of unauthorized disclosure and (b) information of a general nature not pertaining exclusively to the Company which would be generally acquired in similar employment with another company) constitutes valuable and confidential assets of the Company. Such information includes, without limitation, information related to trade secrets, technology, supplier lists, customer lists, financing techniques and sources and profit and loss statements of the Company. The Employee shall hold all such information in trust and confidence for the Company and shall not use or disclose any such information for other than the Company’s business.


2000 Employment Agreement

Robert J. Marino

Page 5

 

10. Non-Compete

The Employee agrees that, during the Employment Period and the period of severance commencing upon the termination of Employment, the Employee will not accept employment in a capacity which would result in him directly competing with the business of the Company at the time of the termination of Employment.

 

11. Non-Solicitation

Employee agrees that the Employee will not during the Employment Period and for the period of severance after the termination of the Employment directly solicit, (a) then remaining employees of the Company to leave their employment with the company in order to accept employment with another person or entity or (b) then customers of the Company to purchase products or services then sold by the Company from another person or entity without, in either case, the prior written consent of the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

12. Arbitration

 

  (a) Any disagreement, dispute, controversy or claim between the Company and the Employee arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the interpretation hereof or thereof, or any arrangements relating hereto or thereto or contemplated herein or therein or the breach, termination or invalidity hereof or thereof shall be settled exclusively and finally by arbitration. It is specifically understood and agreed that any disagreement, dispute or controversy which cannot be resolved between the parties, including without limitation any matter relating to the interpretation of this Agreement, may be submitted to arbitration irrespective of the magnitude thereof, the amount in controversy or whether such disagreement, dispute or controversy would otherwise be considered justifiable or ripe for resolution by a court or arbitral tribunal. The Company and the Employee agree that the arbitrator shall be empowered to enter an equitable decree mandating specific enforcement of the terms of this Agreement.

 

  (b) The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA Arbitration Rules”), except as those Rules conflict with the provisions of this Section 12, in which event the provisions of this Section 12 shall control.

 

  (c) The arbitration shall be conducted in Virginia. The arbitral tribunal shall consist of a single arbitrator. The Employee and the Company shall appoint that arbitrator directly by delivering a written notice of appointment, signed by the Employee, and a majority of the Board of Directors, to the AAA within thirty days after the notice of intention to arbitrate is filed with the AAA. In the event the Employee and the Company shall fail to appoint a mutually acceptable single arbitrator as provided above, that arbitrator shall be appointed by the AAA and shall be a person who is familiar with the terms and conditions of employment agreements. Any arbitrator appointed by the AAA shall be neutral and subject to disqualification for the reasons specified in Section 19 of the AAA Arbitration Rules.


2000 Employment Agreement

Robert J. Marino

Page 6

 

  (d) Any decision or award of the arbitral tribunal shall be final and binding upon the Employee and the Company. The Employee and the Company hereby waive to the extent permitted by law any rights to appeal or to review of such award by any court or tribunal. The Employee and the Company agree that the arbitration award may be enforced against the parties to the arbitration proceeding or their assets wherever they may be found and that a judgment upon the arbitral award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

 

  (e) Conformity to the legal rules of evidence shall not be required in the arbitration. At any oral hearing of evidence in connection with the arbitration, each party thereto or its legal counsel shall have the right to examine its witnesses and to cross-examine such witness, except as the parties to the dispute otherwise agree in writing or except under the extraordinary circumstances where the interests or justice require a different procedure.

 

  (f) This Section 12 shall not prohibit or limit in any way the Company from seeking or obtaining preliminary or interim injunctive or other equitable relief from a court for a breach or alleged breach of any of the covenants and agreements of the Employee contained in Sections 9, 10 or 11 of this Agreement. Any court order obtained by the Company requiring performance of any such covenant or agreement shall remain in effect until dissolved or modified by the court or until superseded by an arbitral award.

 

  (g) In light of the disparate economic positions of the Company and Employee the Company hereby agrees to pay Employee’s attorney’s fees and costs as and when such fees and costs are incurred with regard to any dispute or negotiation involving the Employee and the Company.

 

13. Severability

Each provision hereof is severable from this Agreement, and if one or more provisions hereof are declared invalid the remaining provisions shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect. If any provision of this Agreement is so broad, in scope or duration or otherwise, as to be unenforceable, such provision shall be interpreted to be only so broad as is enforceable.

 

14. Employee’s Right to Contract

Employee represents and warrants to the Company that he is legally free to make and perform this Agreement, that he has no obligation to any other person or entity that would affect or conflict with any of his obligations hereunder, and that the complete performance of his obligations hereunder will not violate any law, regulation order or decree of any governmental or judicial body or contract by which he is bound. The Employee agrees not to use in the course of the Employment any information obtained in the Employee’s employment with any previous employer to the extent that such use would violate any contract by which he is bound or decision, law, regulation, order or decree of any governmental or judicial body.


2000 Employment Agreement

Robert J. Marino

Page 7

 

15. Notice

Any notice to be given hereunder shall be given in writing. Notice shall be deemed to be given when delivered by hand to, or fifteen days after being mailed, postage prepaid, registered with return receipt requested, addressed to:

If to Company:

Telos Corporation (MD)

19886 Ashburn Road

Ashburn, Virginia 20147

If to Employee:

Robert J. Marino

8302 Turnberry Court

Potomac, MD 20854

or to such person or other addresses as either party may specify to the other in writing.

 

16. No Waiver

The failure to enforce at any time any of the provisions of this Agreement or to require at any time performance by the other party of any of the provisions hereof shall in no way be construed to be a waiver of such provisions or to affect the validity of this Agreement, or any part hereof, or the right of either party thereafter to enforce each and every such provision in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

17. Entire Agreement

This Agreement contains the entire agreement between parties with respect to employment of Employee by the Company and supersedes any and all prior understandings, agreements or correspondence between the parties. It may not be amended in any respect except by a writing signed by both parties hereto.

 

18. Governing Law

This Agreement shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia.

 

19. Assignment

This Agreement shall not be assignable by any party hereto without the written consent of the other, provided, however, that the Company may, without the written consent of the Employee, assign this Agreement to (a) any entity into which the Company is merged or to which the Company transfers substantially all of its assets or (b) any entity controlling, under common control with or controlled by the Company, provided in case of either (a) or (b) such entity agrees to assume the obligations of this agreement in their entirety in writing. In


2000 Employment Agreement

Robert J. Marino

Page 8

 

the event of an occurrence of (a) or (b) above without such an assumption, the Employee may terminate this agreement for Good Reason.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be signed by its duly authorized representative and Employee has hereunto set his hand.

 

Employee:

   

Telos Corporation (MD):

/s/ Robert J. Marino    

By:

 

/s/ David S. Aldrich

Robert J. Marino      
/s/ Betty Darby    

/s/ Deborah L. Smith

Witness     Witness
EXHIBIT 10.100

Exhibit 10.100

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made and entered into as of this 15th day of October 2005, by and between Telos Corporation, a Maryland corporation, for itself and its subsidiary companies, divisions, affiliates and operating entities (the “Company”) and Michele Nakazawa (the “Executive”).

WITNESSETH THAT:

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive desire to enter into this Agreement pertaining to the employment of the Executive by the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth below and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Executive and the Company hereby agree as follows:

1. Performance of Services. The Executive’s employment with the Company shall be subject to the following:

 

(a) Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Company hereby agrees to employ the Executive as its Chief Financial Officer during the Agreement Term (as defined below).

 

(b) During the Agreement Term, the Executive shall devote full time (reasonable sick leave and vacations excepted) and best efforts, energies and talents to serving the Company.

 

(c) The Executive agrees to perform her duties faithfully and efficiently subject to the direction of the Company. The Executive will have such authority, power, responsibilities and duties as are inherent in such position and necessary to carry out such responsibilities and the duties required hereunder.

 

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the Agreement Term, the Executive may devote reasonable time to activities other than those required under this Agreement, including activities involving professional, charitable, educational, religious and similar types of organizations, speaking engagements, membership on the boards of directors of other profit or not-for-profit organizations, and similar activities, to the extent that such other activities do not, in the judgment of the Company, inhibit or prohibit the performance of the Executive’s duties under this Agreement or conflict in any material way with the Company’s business.

 

(e) The Executive shall not be required to perform services under this Agreement during any period in which determined as Disabled (as defined below).

 

(f) The “Agreement Term” shall be the period beginning on October 15, 2005, for a one year period, and thereafter automatically renewing for consecutive one year periods unless terminated in accordance with the provisions hereof.


2. Compensation and Benefits. While the Executive is employed by the Company pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall compensate her for her services as follows:

 

(a) Base Salary. During the Agreement Term the Executive shall receive an annual base salary of no less than $160,000 (the “Salary”), payable in accordance with the Company’s payroll cycle.

 

(b) Annual Bonus. The Company shall provide to the Executive an annual bonus opportunity, based upon the Company’s annual bonus plan, and performance achievements of the Company and of the Executive. Any annual bonus for the Executive in each fiscal year shall be determined by the Chief Executive Officer, subject to approval by the Board of Directors, and shall be based upon the annual bonus plan actual performance achieved by the Company and by the Executive in such fiscal year as compared with the planned/expected performance of the Company and the Executive for such fiscal year. Any such annual bonus shall be paid to the Executive as soon as practicable following its approval.

 

(c) Stock Options. The Executive shall be eligible for additional stock option grants under any of the Company’s stock option plans in an amount determined by the Chief Executive Officer, and which is commensurate with the level of option awards made to other senior executives of the Company. Such options shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable stock option plan and the standard option agreement adopted by the Company for use under the stock option plan.

 

(d) Expense Reimbursement. While the Agreement is in effect, the Company will reimburse the Executive for all reasonable and necessary expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with the performance of her duties for the Company. Such reimbursement is subject to the submission to the Company by the Executive of appropriate documentation and/or vouchers, and will be made in accordance with the customary procedures of the Company for expense reimbursement, as may from time to time be established.

 

(e) Vacation. While the Agreement is in effect, in each fiscal year of the Company, the Executive shall be entitled to 5 weeks paid vacation time, which vacation shall be cumulative from year to year until corporate maximum occurs.

 

(f) Other Benefits. The Executive shall be eligible to participate in any and all plans maintained by the Company to provide benefits for its salaried senior executives, and, including, without limitation, any pension, profit sharing or other retirement plan, any life, accident, disability, medical, hospital or similar group insurance program and any other benefit plan, subject to the normal terms and conditions of such plans.

3. Termination. The Executive’s employment with the Company pursuant to this Agreement may terminate under the following circumstances.

 

(a) Death. The Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate upon her death.

 

2


(b) Disability. If the Executive becomes Disabled, the Company may terminate Executive’s employment. For purposes of this Agreement, the Executive shall be deemed to be “Disabled” if (i) eligible for disability benefits under the Company’s long-term disability plan, or (ii) has a physical or mental disability which renders Executive incapable, after reasonable accommodation, of performing substantially all of Executive’s duties hereunder for a period of 180 days (which need not be consecutive) in any 12-month period. In the event of a dispute as to whether the Executive is Disabled, the Company may, at its expense, refer Executive to a licensed practicing physician of the Company’s choice and the Executive agrees to submit to such tests and examination as such physician shall deem customary and appropriate.

 

(c) Cause. The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder immediately and at any time for Cause by written notice to the Executive detailing the basis for the Cause termination. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” means (i) gross negligence or willful and continued failure by the Executive to substantially perform her duties as an employee of the Company (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness); (ii) Executive’s dishonesty, fraudulent misrepresentation, willful misconduct, malfeasance, violation of fiduciary duty relating to the business of the Company; or (iii) conviction of a felony.

 

(d) Without Cause. The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder immediately and at any time without Cause by written notice to the Executive.

 

(e) Termination by Executive. The Executive may terminate her employment hereunder at any time for any reason by giving the Company prior written notice not less than 30 days prior to such termination, or in the event of a change of control of the Company whereby greater than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding stock of the Company is transferred to other individual(s) or entity(s), and there is a change in the majority of the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(f) Mutual Agreement. This Agreement may be terminated at any time by mutual written agreement of the parties.

 

(g) Date of Termination. “Date of Termination” means the last day that the Executive is employed by the Company under the terms of this Agreement, provided that Executive’s employment is terminated in accordance with one of the foregoing provisions.

4. Rights Upon Termination. The Executive’s right to payments and benefits under this Agreement for periods after her Date of Termination shall be determined in accordance with the following:

 

(a) If the Executive’s Date of Termination occurs for Cause, or if the Executive terminates the Agreement in accordance with paragraph 3(e) above, the Company shall pay to the Executive:

 

  (i)

A lump-sum payment equivalent to the remaining unpaid portion of the

 

3


 

Executive’s Salary for the period ending on the Date of Termination.

 

  (ii) A lump-sum payment for all accrued and unused vacation days.

 

  (iii) Any other payments or benefits to be provided to the Executive by the Company pursuant to any employee benefit plans or arrangements adopted by the Company, to the extent such payments and benefits are earned and vested as of the Date of Termination, or are required by law to be offered for periods following the Executive’s Date of Termination.

 

(b) If the Company terminates the Executive without Cause, or due to Disability, or due to death, then in addition to the amounts payable under the preceding paragraphs, the Executive shall be entitled to:

 

  (i) A payment equivalent to 18 months salary, payable in a lump sum or payable in accordance with the Company’s payroll cycle as determined by the CEO.

 

  (ii) Immediate vesting of the unvested portion of any outstanding stock option, consistent with the provisions of the applicable stock option plan.

 

  (iii) Continued coverage under the medical, dental, short and long-term disability, life and other similar benefit programs for the 18 month period listed above, as if she were still employed by the Company. If, pursuant to the terms and conditions of such benefit programs, such continued coverage cannot be provided, Executive shall be entitled to payment of the cash equivalent of such benefits.

5. Non-Competition. During the Agreement Term and for a period of 18 months subsequent to the Date of Termination, the Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, (i) own or acquire in any manner any interest (other than the ownership solely for investment purposes of not more than five percent of the shares of any corporation, the shares of which are publicly and regularly traded on a national securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market) in any person, firm, partnership, company, association or other entity that competes with the Company in the business of enterprise security and integration solutions and services to customers in the United States government and industry (the “Business”), (ii) be employed by, or serve as an employee, agent, officer, director of, any person, firm, partnership, corporation or provider of services competitive with the Business of the Company, or (iii) provide financial, technical, marketing or other assistance or act as a representative, broker, director, officer, employee, advisor, consultant or agent of any person or entity that is competitive with the Business of the Company.

6. Confidentiality. The Executive promises that she will receive, develop and hold Confidential Information (as defined below) in strict confidence and will not use or disclose Confidential Information, or make copies of any documents containing Confidential Information, except in furtherance of the Business of the Company, unless the Chief Executive Officer provides prior written consent. The Executive further agrees to use reasonable efforts to safeguard the Confidential Information and protect it from disclosure, misuse, loss or theft. The foregoing

 

4


promises of confidentiality shall not apply if and to the extent that the Executive is ordered by a court or other governmental agency to disclose Confidential Information, provided the Executive has given the Company prompt written notice of the order or subpoena and provides all reasonable cooperation necessary to limit such disclosure and to protect the confidentiality of any Confidential Information so disclosed. “Confidential Information” means all nonpublic information (whether or not specifically labeled or identified as confidential), that has been or is disclosed to, developed or learned by the Executive as a result of employment with the Company and that relates to the business, finances, products, services, customers, research or development of the Company or third parties with whom the Company does business or from whom the Company receives information. The definition of Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to, the following: access codes, security devices and naming conventions used in software and hardware systems; databases of information; other proprietary software; proprietary specifications for hardware and software platforms, the identity and transactions with customers, clients and suppliers; marketing product and service plans, objectives and strategies; tactical objectives, approaches, and competitive advantages; internal financial information; specialized marketing programs related to products and services offered or under development by the Company (or any parent or affiliate of the Company); data and reports related to marketing programs; proprietary systems and operations manuals; proprietary training manuals; proprietary technical and scientific know-how, data and strategies; the Company’s information gathering processes and compilations of information; and information disclosed to the Company by its business partners, licensees, customers and clients in reliance on promises that its confidentiality will be preserved.

7. Non-Solicitation.

(a) The Executive recognizes that the Company incurs significant expense in training employees to provide services in accordance with the Company’s Business and that the Company will disclose Confidential Information to each such employee. The Executive promises that, during the Agreement Term and for a period of 18 months after expiration of the Agreement Term, the Executive will not, without the prior written consent of the Company, knowingly hire, directly or indirectly, any person then employed by the Company, or knowingly solicit, directly or indirectly, such a person either to terminate or diminish employment with the Company, or to work for any other person or entity, whether or not a competitor, and the Executive shall not approach any such employee for any such purpose or authorize or knowingly cooperate with the taking of any such actions by any other individual or entity.

(b) The Executive also acknowledges that the Company incurs significant expense in developing business partners, licensees, customers and clients. The Executive promises that, during the Agreement Term and for a period of 18 months after the Agreement Term ends, the Executive will not, without the prior written consent of the Company, knowingly directly or indirectly, solicit any customer, business partner, licensee or client of the Company to terminate or diminish its business relationship with the Company or to purchase any product or service that is or may be used as a substitute for any product or service of the Company, and the Executive shall not knowingly approach any such customer, supplier, lessor or lessee for such purpose or authorize or knowingly cooperate with the taking of any such actions by any other individual or entity.

 

5


8. Restrictions Reasonable. Executive agrees that the restrictions set forth in sections 5 (Non-Competition), 6 (Confidentiality), and 7 (Non-Solicitation) are reasonable, proper and necessitated by the legitimate business interests of the Company, and do not constitute an unlawful or unreasonable restraint upon Executive’s ability to earn a living. Executive acknowledges that it may be impossible to assess the monetary damages occurred by Executive’s violation of sections 6, 7 or 8 of this Agreement, that violations of those sections will be material breaches of this Agreement and will cause irreparable injury to the Company. Accordingly, Executive agrees that Company will be entitled, in addition to all other rights and remedies which may be available, to an injunction in joining and restraining Executive and any other involved party from committing a violation of this Agreement, and Executive consents to the issuance and entry of such injunction. In addition, Company will be entitled to such damages as it can demonstrate that it sustained by reason of the violation of this Agreement by the Executive and/or others. The parties agree that in the event of any litigation to enforce or interpret this Agreement, the prevailing party will be entitled to recover all costs, including reasonable attorney’s fees, from the non-prevailing party. In the event Company enforces this section through a Court Order, Executive agrees that the restriction on Executive following termination of employment set forth in this Agreement shall remain in effect for a period of one year from the date of the final Court Order enforcing this Agreement.

9. Return of Materials. Upon the Executive’s Date of Termination, or at any time upon the Company’s request, the Executive (or if deceased, the Executive’s personal representative) shall promptly deliver to the Company without retaining copies, all tangible things that are or contain Confidential Information. The Executive or such personal representative shall also promptly deliver to the Company all computer print-outs, books, software manuals and directions, floppy disks and other such media for storing software and information, work papers, files, customer lists, supplier lists, employee lists, telephone and/or address books, Rolodex or equivalent cards, memoranda, appointment books, calendars, employee manuals, sales aides, keys and other tangible things provided to the Executive by the Company, or authored in whole or in part by the Executive within the scope of her employment by the Company, even if they do not contain Confidential Information; provided that the Executive shall not be required to deliver personal files and personal information unrelated to the Company’s business. At the time of such deliveries, the Executive shall disclose to the Company any passwords or other knowledge required to access and use any of the foregoing. The Executive acknowledges that she does not have, and will not acquire, any ownership rights in such materials and things.

10. Nonalienation. The interests of the Executive under this Agreement are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by the Executive’s creditors or beneficiaries.

11. Successors. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the Company and its successors and assigns and upon any person acquiring, whether by merger, consolidation, purchase of assets or otherwise, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets and business.

12. Notices. Notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or sent by facsimile or prepaid overnight courier to the parties

 

6


at the addresses set forth below (or such other addresses as shall be specified by the parties by like notice):

To the Company:

Telos Corporation

19886 Ashburn Road

Ashburn, VA 20147

Attn.: General Counsel

To the Executive:

Michele Nakazawa

11858 Timber Knoll Court

Herndon, VA 20170

13. Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, and this Agreement will be construed as if such invalid or unenforceable provision were omitted (but only to the extent that such provision cannot be appropriately reformed or modified).

14. Waiver of Breach. No waiver of either party hereto of a breach of any provision of this Agreement by the other party will operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach by such other party. The failure of either party to take any action by reason of such breach will not deprive such party of the right to take action at any time while such breach continues.

15. Amendment. This Agreement may be amended or canceled only by mutual agreement of the parties in writing without the consent of any other person. So long as the Executive lives, no person, other than the Executive and the Company, shall have any rights under or interest in this Agreement or the subject matter hereof.

16. Choice of Law and Forum Selection. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia as to its validity, interpretation and enforcement. Should it be necessary for the Company to file suit, exclusive jurisdiction will lie in the courts of the Commonwealth of Virginia.

17. Survival of Agreement. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the rights and obligations of the parties to this Agreement shall survive the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company.

18. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties concerning the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, if any, between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof.

19. Acknowledgement by Executive. The Executive represents to the Company that she is knowledgeable and sophisticated as to business matters, including the subject matter of this Agreement, that she has read this Agreement and that she understands its terms. The

 

7


Executive acknowledges that, prior to assenting to the terms of this Agreement, she has been given a reasonable time to review it, to consult with counsel of her choice, and to negotiate at arm’s-length with the Company as to the contents. The Executive and the Company agree that the language used in this Agreement is the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and that no rule of strict construction is to be applied against either party hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive has hereunto set her hand, and the Company has caused these presents to be executed in its name and on its behalf, as of the date above first written.

 

EXECUTIVE

   

TELOS CORPORATION,

a Maryland corporation

/s/ Michele Nakazawa

   

By:

 

/s/ John Wood

Michele Nakazawa

CFO

   

Name:

Title:

 

John B. Wood

Chairman & CEO

 

8

EXHIBIT 10.101

Exhibit 10.101

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made and entered into as of this 1st day of January, 2004, by and between Telos Corporation, a Maryland corporation, for itself and its subsidiary companies, divisions, affiliates and operating entities (the “Company”) and Edward L. Williams (the “Executive”).

WITNESSETH THAT:

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive desire to enter into this Agreement pertaining to the employment of the Executive by the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth below and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Executive and the Company hereby agree as follows:

1. Performance of Services. The Executive’s employment with the Company shall be subject to the following:

 

(a) Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Company hereby agrees to employ the Executive as its Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer during the Agreement Term (as defined below).

 

(b) During the Agreement Term, the Executive shall devote full time (reasonable sick leave and vacations excepted) and best efforts, energies and talents to serving the Company.

 

(c) The Executive agrees to perform his duties faithfully and efficiently subject to the direction of the Company. The Executive will have such authority, power, responsibilities and duties as are inherent in such position and necessary to carry out such responsibilities and the duties required hereunder.

 

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the Agreement Term, the Executive may devote reasonable time to activities other than those required under this Agreement, including activities involving professional, charitable, educational, religious and similar types of organizations, speaking engagements, membership on the boards of directors of other profit or not-for-profit organizations, and similar activities, to the extent that such other activities do not, in the judgment of the Company, inhibit or prohibit the performance of the Executive’s duties under this Agreement or conflict in any material way with the Company’s business.

 

(e) The Executive shall not be required to perform services under this Agreement during any period in which determined as Disabled (as defined below).

 

(f) The “Agreement Term” shall be the period beginning on January 1, 2004, for a one year period, and thereafter automatically renewing for consecutive one year periods unless terminated in accordance with the provisions hereof.


2. Compensation and Benefits. While the Executive is employed by the Company pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall compensate him for his services as follows:

 

(a) Base Salary. During the Agreement Term the Executive shall receive an annual base salary of no less than $227,000 (the “Salary”), payable in accordance with the Company’s payroll cycle.

 

(b) Annual Bonus. The Company shall provide to the Executive an annual bonus opportunity, based upon the Company’s Annual Bonus Plan, performance achievements of the Company and of the Executive. Any annual bonus for the Executive in each fiscal year shall be determined by the Chief Executive Officer, subject to approval by the Board of Directors, and shall be based upon the Annual Bonus Plan actual performance achieved by the Company and by the Executive in such fiscal year as compared with the planned/expected performance of the Company and the Executive for such fiscal year. Any such annual bonus shall be paid to the Executive as soon as practicable following its approval.

 

(c) Stock Options. The Executive shall be eligible for additional stock option grants under any of the Company’s Stock Option Plans in an amount determined by the Chief Executive Officer, and which is commensurate with the level of option awards made to other senior executives of the Company. Such options shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable Stock Option Plan and the standard option agreement adopted by the Company for use under the Stock Option Plan.

 

(d) Expense Reimbursement. While the Agreement is in effect, the Company will reimburse the Executive for all reasonable and necessary expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with the performance of his duties for the Company. Such reimbursement is subject to the submission to the Company by the Executive of appropriate documentation and/or vouchers, and will be made in accordance with the customary procedures of the Company for expense reimbursement, as may from time to time be established.

 

(e) Vacation. While the Agreement is in effect, in each fiscal year of the Company, the Executive shall be entitled to 5 weeks paid vacation time, which vacation shall be cumulative from year to year until Corporate maximum occurs.

 

(f) Other Benefits. The Executive shall be eligible to participate in any and all plans maintained by the Company to provide benefits for its salaried senior executives, and, including, without limitation, any pension, profit sharing or other retirement plan, any life, accident, disability, medical, hospital or similar group insurance program and any other benefit plan, subject to the normal terms and conditions of such plans.

3. Termination. The Executive’s employment with the Company pursuant to this Agreement may terminate under the following circumstances.

 

(a) Death. The Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate upon his death.

 

2


(b) Disability. If the Executive becomes Disabled, the Company may terminate Executive’s employment. For purposes of this Agreement, the Executive shall be deemed to be “Disabled” if (i) eligible for disability benefits under the Company’s long-term disability plan, or (ii) has a physical or mental disability which renders Executive incapable, after reasonable accommodation, of performing substantially all of Executive’s duties hereunder for a period of 180 days (which need not be consecutive) in any 12-month period. In the event of a dispute as to whether the Executive is Disabled, the Company may, at its expense, refer Executive to a licensed practicing physician of the Company’s choice and the Executive agrees to submit to such tests and examination as such physician shall deem customary and appropriate.

 

(c) Cause. The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder immediately and at any time for Cause by written notice to the Executive detailing the basis for the Cause termination. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” means (i) gross negligence or willful and continued failure by the Executive to substantially perform his duties as an employee of the Company (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness); (ii) Executive’s dishonesty, fraudulent misrepresentation, willful misconduct, malfeasance, violation of fiduciary duty relating to the business of the Corporation; or (iii) conviction of a felony.

 

(d) Without Cause. The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder immediately and at any time without Cause by written notice to the Executive.

 

(e) Termination by Executive. The Executive may terminate his employment hereunder at any time for any reason by giving the Company prior written notice not less than 30 days prior to such termination, or in the event of a change of control of the Company whereby greater than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding stock of the Company is transferred to other individuals) or entity(s), and there is a change in the majority of the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(f) Mutual Agreement. This Agreement may be terminated at any time by mutual written agreement of the parties.

 

(g) Date of Termination. “Date of Termination” means the last day that the Executive is employed by the Company under the terms of this Agreement, provided that Executive’s employment is terminated in accordance with one of the foregoing provisions.

4. Rights Upon Termination. The Executive’s right to payments and benefits under this Agreement for periods after his Date of Termination shall be determined in accordance with the following:

 

(a) If the Executive’s Date of Termination occurs for Cause, or if the Executive terminates the Agreement in accordance with paragraph 3(e) above, the Company shall pay to the Executive;

 

  (i) A lump-sum payment equivalent to the remaining unpaid portion of the Executive’s Salary for the period ending on the Date of Termination.

 

3


  (ii) A lump-sum payment for all accrued and unused vacation days.

 

  (iii) Any other payments or benefits to be provided to the Executive by the Company pursuant to any employee benefit plans or arrangements adopted by the Company, to the extent such payments and benefits are earned and vested as of the Date of Termination, or are required by law to be offered for periods following the Executive’s Date of Termination.

 

(b) If the Company terminates the Executive without Cause, or due to Disability, or due death, then in addition to the amounts payable under the preceding paragraphs, the Executive shall be entitled to:

 

  (i) A payment equivalent to 18 months salary, payable in a lump sum or payable in accordance with the Company’s payroll cycle as determined by the CEO.

 

  (ii) Immediate vesting of the unvested portion of any outstanding stock option, consistent with the provisions of the applicable stock option plan.

 

  (iii) Continued coverage under the medical, dental, short and long-term disability, life and other similar benefit programs for the 18 month period listed above, as if he were still employed by the Company.

5. Non-Competition. During the Agreement Term and for a period of 18 months subsequent to the date of termination, the Executive will not, without the prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, (i) own or acquire in any manner any interest (other than the ownership solely for investment purposes of not more than five percent of the shares of any corporation, the shares of which are publicly and regularly traded on a national securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market) in any person, firm, partnership, company, association or other entity that competes with the Company in the business of enterprise security and integration solutions and services to customers in the United States government and industry (the “Business”), (ii) be employed by, or serve as an employee, agent, officer, director of, any person, firm, partnership, corporation or provider of services competitive with the Business of the Company, or (iii) provide financial, technical, marketing or other assistance or act as a representative, broker, director, officer, employee, advisor, consultant or agent of any person or entity that is competitive with the Business of the Company.

6. Confidentiality. The Executive promises that he will receive, develop and hold Confidential Information in strict confidence and will not use or disclose Confidential Information, or make copies of any documents containing Confidential Information, except in furtherance of the Business of the Company, unless the Chief Executive Officer provides prior written consent The Executive further agrees to use reasonable efforts to safeguard the Confidential Information and protect it from disclosure, misuse, loss or theft The foregoing promises of confidentiality shall not apply if and to the extent that the Executive is ordered by a court or other governmental agency to

 

4


disclose Confidential Information, provided the Executive has given the Company prompt written notice of the order or subpoena and provides all reasonable cooperation necessary to limit such disclosure and to protect the confidentiality of any Confidential Information so disclosed. “Confidential Information” means all nonpublic information (whether or not specifically labeled or identified as confidential), that has been or is disclosed to, developed or learned by the Executive as a result of employment with the Company and that relates to the business, finances, products, services, customers, research or development of the Company or third parties with whom the Company does business or from whom the Company receives information. The definition of Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to, the following: access codes, security devices and naming conventions used in software and hardware systems; databases of information; other proprietary software; proprietary specifications for hardware and software platforms, the identity and transactions with customers, clients and suppliers; marketing product and service plans, objectives and strategies; tactical objectives, approaches, and competitive advantages; internal financial information; specialized marketing programs related to products and services offered or under development by the Company (or any parent or affiliate of the Company); data and reports related to marketing programs; proprietary systems and operations manuals; proprietary training manuals; proprietary technical and scientific know-how, data and strategies; the Company’s information gathering processes and compilations of information; and information disclosed to the Company by its business partners, licensees, customers and clients in reliance on promises that its confidentiality will be preserved.

7. Non-Solicitation.

(a) The Executive recognizes that the Company incurs significant expense in training employees to provide services in accordance with the Company’s Business and that the Company will disclose Confidential Information to each such employee. The Executive promises that, during the Agreement Term and for a period of 18 months after expiration of the Agreement Term, the Executive will not, without the prior written consent of the Company, knowingly hire, directly or indirectly, any person then employed by the Company, or knowingly solicit, directly or indirectly, such a person either to terminate or diminish employment with the Company, or to work for any other person or entity, whether or not a competitor, and the Executive shall not approach any such employee for any such purpose or authorize or knowingly cooperate with the taking of any such actions by any other individual or entity.

(b) The Executive also acknowledges that the Company incurs significant expense in developing business partners, licensees, customers and clients. The Executive promises that, during the Agreement Term and for a period of 18 months after the Agreement Term ends, the Executive will not, without the prior written consent of the Company, knowingly directly or indirectly, solicit any customer, business partner, licensee or client of the Company to terminate or diminish its business relationship with the Company or to purchase any product or service that is or may be used as a substitute for any product or service of the Company, and the Executive shall not knowingly approach any such customer, supplier, lessor or lessee for such purpose or authorize or knowingly cooperate with the taking of any such actions by any other individual or entity.

8. Restrictions Reasonable. Executive agrees that the restrictions set forth in sections 5 (Non-Competition), 6 (Confidentiality), and 7 (Non-Solicitation) are reasonable, proper and

 

5


necessitated by the legitimate business interests of the Company, and do not constitute an unlawful or unreasonable restraint upon Executive’s ability to earn a living. Executive acknowledges that it may be impossible to asses the monetary damages occurred by Executive’s violation of sections 6, 7 or 8 of this Agreement, that violations of those sections will be material breaches of this Agreement and will cause irreparable injury to the Company. Accordingly, Executive agrees that Company will be entitled, in addition to all other rights and remedies which may be available, to an injunction in joining and restraining Executive and any other involved party from committing a violation of this Agreement, and Executive consents to the issuance and entry of such injunction. In addition, Company will be entitled to such damages as it can demonstrate that it sustained by reason of the violation of this Agreement by the Executive and/or others. The parties agree that in the event of any litigation to enforce or interpret this Agreement, the prevailing party will be entitled to recover all costs, including reasonable attorney’s fees, from the non-prevailing party. In the event Company enforces this section through a Court Order, Executive agrees that the restriction on Executive following termination of employment set forth in this Agreement shall remain in effect for a period of one year from the date of the final Court Order enforcing this Agreement.

9. Return of Materials. Upon the Executive’s Date of Termination, or at any time upon the Company’s request, the Executive (or if deceased, the Executive’s personal representative) shall promptly deliver to the Company without retaining copies, all tangible things that are or contain Confidential Information. The Executive or such personal representative shall also promptly deliver to the Company all computer print-outs, books, software manuals and directions, floppy disks and other such media for storing software and information, work papers, files, customer lists, supplier lists, employee lists, telephone and/or address books, Rolodex or equivalent cards, memoranda, appointment books, calendars, employee manuals, sales aides, keys and other tangible things provided to the Executive by the Company, or authored in whole or in part by the Executive within the scope of his employment by the Company, even if they do not contain Confidential Information; provided that the Executive shall not be required to deliver personal files and personal information unrelated to the Company’s business. At the time of such deliveries, the Executive shall disclose to the Company any passwords or other knowledge required to access and use any of the foregoing. The Executive acknowledges that he does not have, and will not acquire, any ownership rights in such materials and things.

10. Nonalienation. The interests of the Executive under this Agreement are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by the Executive’s creditors or beneficiaries.

11. Successors. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the Company and its successors and assigns and upon any person acquiring, whether by merger, consolidation, purchase of assets or otherwise, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets and business.

 

6


12. Notices. Notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or sent by facsimile or prepaid overnight courier to the parties at the addresses set forth below (or such other addresses as shall be specified by the parties by like notice):

To the Company:

Telos Corporation

19886 Ashburn Road

Ashburn, VA 20147

Attn.: General Counsel

To the Executive:

Edward L. Williams

12045 Thomas Avenue

Great Falls, VA 22066

13. Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, and this Agreement will be construed as if such invalid or unenforceable provision were omitted (but only to the extent that such provision cannot be appropriately reformed or modified).

14. Waiver of Breach. No waiver of either party hereto of a breach of any provision of this Agreement by the other party will operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach by such other party. The failure of either party to take any action by reason of such breach will not deprive such party of the right to take action at any time while such breach continues.

15. Amendment. This Agreement may be amended or canceled only by mutual agreement of the parties in writing without the consent of any other person. So long as the Executive lives, no person, other than the Executive and the Company, shall have any rights under or interest in this Agreement or the subject matter hereof.

16. Choice of Law and Forum Selection. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia as to its validity, interpretation and enforcement. Should it be necessary for the Company to file suit, exclusive jurisdiction will lie in the courts of the Commonwealth of Virginia.

17. Survival of Agreement. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the rights and obligations of the parties to this Agreement shall survive the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company.

18. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties concerning the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, if any, between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof.

19. Acknowledgement by Executive. The Executive represents to the Company that he is knowledgeable and sophisticated as to business matters, including the subject matter of this Agreement, that he has read this Agreement and that he understands its terms. The Executive acknowledges that, prior to assenting to the terms of this Agreement, he has been given a reasonable time to review it, to consult with counsel of his choice, and to negotiate at

 

7


arm’s-length with the Company as to the contents. The Executive and the Company agree that the language used in this Agreement is the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and that no rule of strict construction is to be applied against either party hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive has hereunto set his hand, and the Company has caused these presents to be executed in its name and on its behalf, as of the date above first written.

 

EXECUTIVE

   

TELOS CORPORATION,

a Maryland corporation

/s/ Edward L. Williams

   

By:

 

/s/ John Wood

Edward L. Williams

Executive

    Name:  

John Wood

    Title:  

CEO

 

8

EXHIBIT 10.102

Exhibit 10.102

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made and entered into as of this 1st day of January, 2005 by and between Telos Corporation, a Maryland corporation, for itself and its subsidiary companies, divisions, affiliates and operating entities (the “Company”) and John B. Wood (the “Executive”).

WITNESSETH THAT:

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive desire to enter into this Agreement pertaining to the employment of the Executive by the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth below and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Executive and the Company hereby agree as follows:

1. Performance of Services. The Executive’s employment with the Company shall be subject to the following:

 

(a) Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Company hereby agrees to employ the Executive as its President and Chief Executive Officer during the Agreement Term (as defined below).

 

(b) During the Agreement Term, the Executive shall devote full time (reasonable sick leave and vacations excepted) and best efforts, energies and talents to serving the Company.

 

(c) The Executive agrees to perform his duties faithfully and efficiently subject to the direction of the Company. The Executive will have such authority, power, responsibilities and duties as are inherent in such position and necessary to carry out such responsibilities and the duties required hereunder.

 

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the Agreement Term, the Executive may devote reasonable time to activities other than those required under this Agreement, including activities involving professional, charitable, educational, religious and similar types of organizations, speaking engagements, membership on the boards of directors of other profit or not-for-profit organizations, and similar activities, to the extent that such other activities do not, in the judgment of the Company, inhibit or prohibit the performance of the Executive’s duties under this Agreement or conflict in any material way with the Company’s business.

 

(e) The Executive shall not be required to perform services under this Agreement during any period in which determined as Disabled (as defined below).

 

(f) The “Agreement Term” shall be the period beginning on January 1, 2005, for a one year period, and thereafter automatically renewing for consecutive one year periods unless terminated in accordance with the provisions hereof.


2. Compensation and Benefits. While the Executive is employed by the Company pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall compensate him for his services as follows:

 

(a) Base Salary. During the Agreement Term the Executive shall receive an annual base salary of no less than $350,000 (the “Salary”), payable in accordance with the Company’s payroll cycle.

 

(b) Annual Bonus. The Company shall provide to the Executive an annual bonus opportunity, based upon the Company’s annual bonus plan, and performance achievements of the Company and of the Executive. Any annual bonus for the Executive in each fiscal year shall be determined by the Management Development and Compensation Committee, subject to approval by the Board of Directors, and shall be based upon the annual bonus plan actual performance achieved by the Company and by the Executive in such fiscal year as compared with the planned/expected performance of the Company and the Executive for such fiscal year. Any such annual bonus shall be paid to the Executive as soon as practicable following its approval.

 

(c) Stock Options. The Executive shall be eligible for additional stock option grants under any of the Company’s stock option plans in an amount determined by the Management Development and Compensation Committee, subject to approval by the Board of Directors, and which is commensurate with the level of option awards made to other senior executives of the Company. Such options shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable stock option plan and the standard option agreement adopted by the Company for use under the stock option plan.

 

(d) Expense Reimbursement. While the Agreement is in effect, the Company will reimburse the Executive for all reasonable and necessary expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with the performance of his duties for the Company. Such reimbursement is subject to the submission to the Company by the Executive of appropriate documentation and/or vouchers, and will be made in accordance with the customary procedures of the Company for expense reimbursement, as may from time to time be established.

 

(e) Vacation. While the Agreement is in effect, in each fiscal year of the Company, the Executive shall be entitled to 6 weeks paid vacation time, which vacation shall be cumulative from year to year until corporate maximum occurs.

 

(f) Other Benefits. The Executive shall be eligible to participate in any and all plans maintained by the Company to provide benefits for its salaried senior executives, and, including, without limitation, any pension, profit sharing or other retirement plan, any life, accident, disability, medical, hospital or similar group insurance program and any other benefit plan, subject to the normal terms and conditions of such plans.

3. Termination. The Executive’s employment with the Company pursuant to this Agreement may terminate under the following circumstances.

 

(a) Death. The Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate upon his death.

 

2


(b) Disability. If the Executive becomes Disabled, the Company may terminate Executive’s employment. For purposes of this Agreement, the Executive shall be deemed to be “Disabled” if (i) eligible for disability benefits under the Company’s long-term disability plan, or (ii) has a physical or mental disability which renders Executive incapable, after reasonable accommodation, of performing substantially all of Executive’s duties hereunder for a period of 180 days (which need not be consecutive) in any 12-month period. In the event of a dispute as to whether the Executive is Disabled, the Company may, at its expense, refer Executive to a licensed practicing physician of the Company’s choice and the Executive agrees to submit to such tests and examination as such physician shall deem customary and appropriate.

 

(c) Cause. The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder immediately and at any time for Cause by written notice to the Executive detailing the basis for the Cause termination. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” means (i) gross negligence or willful and continued failure by the Executive to substantially perform his duties as an employee of the Company (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness); (ii) Executive’s dishonesty, fraudulent misrepresentation, willful misconduct, malfeasance, violation of fiduciary duty relating to the business of the Corporation; or (iii) conviction of a felony.

 

(d) Without Cause. The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder immediately and at any time without Cause by written notice to the Executive.

 

(e) Termination by Executive. The Executive may terminate his employment hereunder at any time for any reason by giving the Company prior written notice not less than 30 days prior to such termination, or in the event of a change of control of the Company whereby greater than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding stock of the Company is transferred to other individual(s) or entity(s), and there is a change in the majority of the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(f) Mutual Agreement. This Agreement may be terminated at any time by mutual written agreement of the parties.

 

(g) Date of Termination. “Date of Termination” means the last day that the Executive is employed by the Company under the terms of this Agreement, provided that Executive’s employment is terminated in accordance with one of the foregoing provisions.

4. Rights Upon Termination. The Executive’s right to payments and benefits under this Agreement for periods after his Date of Termination shall be determined in accordance with the following:

 

(a) If the Executive’s Date of Termination occurs for Cause, or if the Executive terminates the Agreement in accordance with paragraph 3(e) above, the Company shall pay to the Executive:

 

  (i) A lump-sum payment equivalent to the remaining unpaid portion of the Executive’s Salary for the period ending on the Date of Termination.

 

3


  (ii) A lump-sum payment for all accrued and unused vacation days.

 

  (iii) Any other payments or benefits to be provided to the Executive by the Company pursuant to any employee benefit plans or arrangements adopted by the Company, to the extent such payments and benefits are earned and vested as of the Date of Termination, or are required by law to be offered for periods following the Executive’s Date of Termination.

 

(b) If the Company terminates the Executive without Cause, or due to Disability, or due death, then in addition to the amounts payable under the preceding paragraphs, the Executive shall be entitled to:

 

  (i) A payment equivalent to 24 months of salary, payable in a lump sum or payable in accordance with the Company’s payroll cycle.

 

  (ii) Immediate vesting of the unvested portion of any outstanding stock option, consistent with the provisions of the applicable stock option plan.

 

  (iii) Continued coverage under the medical, dental, short and long-term disability, life and other similar benefit programs for the 24 month period listed above, as if he were still employed by the Company. If, pursuant to the terms and conditions of such benefit programs, such continued coverage cannot be provided, Executive shall be entitled to payment of the cash equivalent of such benefits.

5. Non-Competition. During the Agreement Term and for a period of 24 months subsequent to the date of termination, the Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, (i) own or acquire in any manner any interest (other than the ownership solely for investment purposes of not more than five percent of the shares of any corporation, the shares of which are publicly and regularly traded on a national securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market) in any person, firm, partnership, company, association or other entity that competes with the Company in the business of enterprise security and integration solutions and services to customers in the United States government and industry (the “Business”), (ii) be employed by, or serve as an employee, agent, officer, director of, any person, firm, partnership, corporation or provider of services competitive with the Business of the Company, or (iii) provide financial, technical, marketing or other assistance or act as a representative, broker, director, officer, employee, advisor, consultant or agent of any person or entity that is competitive with the Business of the Company.

6. Confidentiality. The Executive promises that he will receive, develop and hold Confidential Information (as defined below) in strict confidence and will not use or disclose Confidential Information, or make copies of any documents containing Confidential Information, except in furtherance of the Business of the Company, unless the Company provides prior written

 

4


consent. The Executive further agrees to use reasonable efforts to safeguard the Confidential Information and protect it from disclosure, misuse, loss or theft. The foregoing promises of confidentiality shall not apply if and to the extent that the Executive is ordered by a court or other governmental agency to disclose Confidential Information, provided the Executive has given the Company prompt written notice of the order or subpoena and provides all reasonable cooperation necessary to limit such disclosure and to protect the confidentiality of any Confidential Information so disclosed. “Confidential Information” means all nonpublic information (whether or not specifically labeled or identified as confidential), that has been or is disclosed to, developed or learned by the Executive as a result of employment with the Company and that relates to the business, finances, products, services, customers, research or development of the Company or third parties with whom the Company does business or from whom the Company receives information. The definition of Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to, the following: access codes, security devices and naming conventions used in software and hardware systems; databases of information; other proprietary software; proprietary specifications for hardware and software platforms, the identity and transactions with customers, clients and suppliers; marketing product and service plans, objectives and strategies; tactical objectives, approaches, and competitive advantages; internal financial information; specialized marketing programs related to products and services offered or under development by the Company (or any parent or affiliate of the Company); data and reports related to marketing programs; proprietary systems and operations manuals; proprietary training manuals; proprietary technical and scientific know-how, data and strategies; the Company’s information gathering processes and compilations of information; and information disclosed to the Company by its business partners, licensees, customers and clients in reliance on promises that its confidentiality will be preserved.

7. Non-Solicitation.

(a) The Executive recognizes that the Company incurs significant expense in training employees to provide services in accordance with the Company’s Business and that the Company will disclose Confidential Information to each such employee. The Executive promises that, during the Agreement Term and for a period of 24 months after expiration of the Agreement Term, the Executive will not, without the prior written consent of the Company, knowingly hire, directly or indirectly, any person then employed by the Company, or knowingly solicit, directly or indirectly, such a person either to terminate or diminish employment with the Company, or to work for any other person or entity, whether or not a competitor, and the Executive shall not approach any such employee for any such purpose or authorize or knowingly cooperate with the taking of any such actions by any other individual or entity.

(b) The Executive also acknowledges that the Company incurs significant expense in developing business partners, licensees, customers and clients. The Executive promises that, during the Agreement Term and for a period of 24 months after the Agreement Term ends, the Executive will not, without the prior written consent of the Company, knowingly directly or indirectly, solicit any customer, business partner, licensee or client of the Company to terminate or diminish its business relationship with the Company or to purchase any product or service that is or may be used as a substitute for any product or service of the Company, and the Executive shall not knowingly approach any such customer, supplier, lessor or lessee for such purpose or authorize or knowingly cooperate with the taking of any such actions by any other individual or entity.

 

5


8. Restrictions Reasonable. Executive agrees that the restrictions set forth in sections 5 (Non-Competition), 6 (Confidentiality), and 7 (Non-Solicitation) are reasonable, proper and necessitated by the legitimate business interests of the Company, and do not constitute an unlawful or unreasonable restraint upon Executive’s ability to earn a living. Executive acknowledges that it may be impossible to assess the monetary damages occurred by Executive’s violation of sections 6, 7 or 8 of this Agreement, that violations of those sections will be material breaches of this Agreement and will cause irreparable injury to the Company. Accordingly, Executive agrees that Company will be entitled, in addition to all other rights and remedies which may be available, to an injunction in joining and restraining Executive and any other involved party from committing a violation of this Agreement, and Executive consents to the issuance and entry of such injunction. In addition, Company will be entitled to such damages as it can demonstrate that it sustained by reason of the violation of this Agreement by the Executive and/or others. The parties agree that in the event of any litigation to enforce or interpret this Agreement, the prevailing party will be entitled to recover all costs, including reasonable attorney’s fees, from the non-prevailing party. In the event Company enforces this section through a Court Order, Executive agrees that the restriction on Executive following termination of employment set forth in this Agreement shall remain in effect for a period of one year from the date of the final Court Order enforcing this Agreement.

9. Return of Materials. Upon the Executive’s Date of Termination, or at any time upon the Company’s request, the Executive (or if deceased, the Executive’s personal representative) shall promptly deliver to the Company without retaining copies, all tangible things that are or contain Confidential Information. The Executive or such personal representative shall also promptly deliver to the Company all computer print-outs, books, software manuals and directions, floppy disks and other such media for storing software and information, work papers, files, customer lists, supplier lists, employee lists, telephone and/or address books, Rolodex or equivalent cards, memoranda, appointment books, calendars, employee manuals, sales aides, keys and other tangible things provided to the Executive by the Company, or authored in whole or in part by the Executive within the scope of his employment by the Company, even if they do not contain Confidential Information; provided that the Executive shall not be required to deliver personal files and personal information unrelated to the Company’s business. At the time of such deliveries, the Executive shall disclose to the Company any passwords or other knowledge required to access and use any of the foregoing. The Executive acknowledges that he does not have, and will not acquire, any ownership rights in such materials and things.

10. Nonalienation. The interests of the Executive under this Agreement are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by the Executive’s creditors or beneficiaries.

11. Successors. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the Company and its successors and assigns and upon any person acquiring, whether by merger, consolidation, purchase of assets or otherwise, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets and business.

12. Notices. Notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally or sent by registered or certified mail, return

 

6


receipt requested, postage prepaid, or sent by facsimile or prepaid overnight courier to the parties at the addresses set forth below (or such other addresses as shall be specified by the parties by like notice):

To the Company:

Telos Corporation

19886 Ashburn Road

Ashburn, VA 20147

Attn.: General Counsel

To the Executive:

John B. Wood

3074 Rectortown Road

P.O. Box F

Rectortown, VA 20140

13. Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, and this Agreement will be construed as if such invalid or unenforceable provision were omitted (but only to the extent that such provision cannot be appropriately reformed or modified).

14. Waiver of Breach. No waiver of either party hereto of a breach of any provision of this Agreement by the other party will operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach by such other party. The failure of either party to take any action by reason of such breach will not deprive such party of the right to take action at any time while such breach continues.

15. Amendment. This Agreement may be amended or canceled only by mutual agreement of the parties in writing without the consent of any other person. So long as the Executive lives, no person, other than the Executive and the Company, shall have any rights under or interest in this Agreement or the subject matter hereof.

16. Choice of Law and Forum Selection. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia as to its validity, interpretation and enforcement. Should it be necessary for the Company to file suit, exclusive jurisdiction will lie in the courts of the Commonwealth of Virginia.

17. Survival of Agreement. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the rights and obligations of the parties to this Agreement shall survive the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company.

18. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties concerning the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, if any, between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

7


19. Acknowledgement by Executive. The Executive represents to the Company that he is knowledgeable and sophisticated as to business matters, including the subject matter of this Agreement, that he has read this Agreement and that he understands its terms. The Executive acknowledges that, prior to assenting to the terms of this Agreement, he has been given a reasonable time to review it, to consult with counsel of his choice, and to negotiate at arm’s-length with the Company as to the contents. The Executive and the Company agree that the language used in this Agreement is the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and that no rule of strict construction is to be applied against either party hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive has hereunto set his hand, and the Company has caused these presents to be executed in its name and on its behalf, as of the date above first written.

 

EXECUTIVE     TELOS CORPORATION,
a Maryland corporation
/s/ John Wood     By:   /s/ David Borland
John B. Wood     Name:   David Borland
Executive     Title:   Member Board of Directors

 

8

EXHIBIT 10.103

Exhibit 10.103

WAIVER AND NINTH AMENDMENT TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS WAIVER AND NINTH AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of April 10, 2006, by and among TELOS CORPORATION, a Maryland corporation (“Parent”), XACTA CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Xacta”; Parent and Xacta are referred to hereinafter each individually as a “Borrower”, and individually and collectively, jointly and severally, as the “Borrowers”), TELOS DELAWARE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Telos-Delaware”), UBIQUITY.COM, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Ubiquity”), TELOS.COM, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Telos.com”), TELOS INTERNATIONAL CORP., a Delaware corporation (“TIC”), TELOS INTERNATIONAL ASIA, INC., a Delaware corporation (“TIA”), SECURE TRADE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“STI”), KUWAIT INTERNATIONAL, INC., a Delaware corporation (“KII”), TELOS INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“TIS”), TELOS FIELD ENGINEERING, INC., a Delaware corporation (“TFE”), and TELOS FEDERAL SYSTEMS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“TFS”; Telos-Delaware, Ubiquity, Telos.com, TIC, TIA, STI, KII, TIS, TFE and TFS are referred to hereinafter each individually as a “Credit Party” and collectively, jointly and severally, as the “Credit Parties”), and WELLS FARGO FOOTHILL, INC. (formerly known as Foothill Capital Corporation), as agent (“Agent”) for the Lenders (defined below) and as a Lender.

WHEREAS, Borrowers, Credit Parties, Agent and certain other financial institutions from time to time party thereto (the “Lenders”) are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of October 21, 2002 (as amended from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”);

WHEREAS, the Companies failed to maintain minimum EBITDA for the 12 month periods ended October 31, 2005, November 30, 2005, December 31, 2005, January 31, 2006 and February 28, 2006, which resulted in breaches of Section 7.20(a)(i) of the Loan Agreement and therefore Events of Default under Section 8.2 of the Loan Agreement (collectively, the “Existing Defaults”); and

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions contained herein, Agent and Lenders have agreed to waive the Existing Defaults and the Borrowers, Credit Parties, Agent and Lenders have agreed to amend the Loan Agreement in certain respects.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Defined Terms. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Loan Agreement.

2. Waiver. Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 5 hereof, Agent and Lenders hereby waive the Existing Defaults. The foregoing


shall not constitute a waiver of any other Event of Default that may exist, or a waiver of any future Event of Default that may occur.

3. Amendments to Loan Agreement. Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 5 hereof, the Loan Agreement is amended in the following respects:

(a) The definition of “Availability Block” as set forth in Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety, as follows:

Availability Block” means an amount equal to $500,000; provided, that Availability Block shall mean an amount equal to $0 for the period from April 10, 2006 through and including July 30, 2006.

(b) The following defined terms are added to Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement in their respective alphabetical orders therein:

Additional Availability Amount” means an amount equal to (i) $2,500,000 during the period commencing April 10, 2006 and ending May 30, 2006, (ii) $1,000,000 during the period commencing May 31, 2006 and ending June 15, 2006, (iii) $500,000 during the period commencing June 16, 2006 and ending June 29, 2006, and (iv) zero at all times on and after June 30, 2006.

Sales’” means, with respect to a particular period, all of the sales and services billed by Borrowers to their customers during such period.

(c) The second sentence of Section 2.1(a) of the Loan Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

For purposes of this Agreement, “Borrowing Base,” as of any date of determination, shall mean the result of:

(x) the lesser of

 

  (i) 85% of the amount of Eligible Accounts (net of the Deferred Revenue Reserve), less the amount, if any, of the Dilution Reserve, and

 

  (ii) an amount equal to Borrowers’ Collections with respect to Accounts for the immediately preceding 60 day period, plus

(y) commencing April 10, 2006, the Additional Availability Amount, minus

 

-2-


(z) the sum of (i) the Bank Products Reserve, (ii) the Availability Block, and (iii) the aggregate amount of reserves, if any, established by Agent under Section 2.l(b).

(d) Section 2.6(a) of the Loan Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

(a) Interest Rates. Except as provided in clause (c) below, all Obligations (except for undrawn Letters of Credit and except for Bank Product Obligations) that have been charged to the Loan Account pursuant to the terms hereof shall bear interest on the Daily Balance thereof as follows: (i) if the relevant Obligation is an Advance that is a LIBOR Rate Loan, at a per annum rate equal to the LIBOR Rate plus the LIBOR Rate Margin, and (ii) otherwise, at a per annum rate equal to the Base Rate plus the Base Rate Margin; provided, that notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the portion of the Advances predicated on the Additional Availability Amount shall bear interest on the Daily Balance thereof at a per annum rate equal to 5 percentage points plus the Base Rate. For purposes of determining whether Advances are predicated on the Additional Availability Amount or Eligible Accounts, Advances will be deemed to be predicated last on the Additional Availability Amount.

(e) Section 6.3 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by (i) deleting the word “and” at the end of clause (f) thereof and (ii) amending and restating clause (g) thereof and adding a new clause (h) at the end thereof as follows:

(g) (i) no later than April 28, 2006, a forecast of weekly projected cash flow covering Parent’s and its Subsidiaries’ operations for the 13 week period beginning May 1, 2006 and ending on July 31, 2006 and (ii) no later than May 31, 2006, a forecast of weekly projected cash flow covering Parent’s and its Subsidiaries’ operations for the 13 week period beginning June 1, 2006 and ending on August 31, 2006; and

(h) upon the request of Agent, any other report reasonably requested relating to the financial condition of Companies.

(f) Section 7.20(a)(i) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

(i) Minimum EBITDA. EBITDA, measured on a fiscal month-end basis, for each period set forth below, of not less than the required amount set forth in the following table for the applicable period set forth opposite thereto;

 

-3-


Applicable Amount

  

Applicable Period

($3,407,965)

   For the 3 month period ending March 31, 2006

($3,513,451)

   For the 4 month period ending April 30, 2006

($4,462,838)

   For the 5 month period ending May 31, 2006

($4,213,173)

   For the 6 month period ending June 30, 2006

($2,636,162)

   For the 7 month period ending July 31, 2006

($2,103,578)

   For the 8 month period ending August 31, 2006

($339,231)

   For the 9 month period ending September 30, 2006

$1,215,689

   For the 10 month period ending October 31, 2006

$2,813,765

   For the 11 month period ending November 30, 2006
85% of EB1TDA for such period as reflected in the most recent Projections delivered to Agent pursuant to Section 6.3(c) and approved by Required Lenders but in no event less than $4,250,230    For the 12 month period ending December 31, 2006 and the 12 month period ending on the last day of each fiscal month thereafter

 

-4-


(g) The following new clause (iii) is added immediately after Section 7.20(a)(ii) of the Loan Agreement:

(iii) Minimum Sales. Gross amount of Sales, in any period set forth below, of not less than the required amount set forth in the following table opposite such period:

 

Applicable Amount

  

Applicable Period

$7,016,462

  

For the 5 week period ending March 24, 2006

$7,215,753

  

For the 5 week period ending March 31, 2006

$8,450,467

  

For the 5 week period ending April 7, 2006

$7,463,421

  

For the 5 week period ending April 14, 2006

$7,622,500

  

For the 5 week period ending April 21, 2006

$9,722,500

  

For the 5 week period ending April 28, 2006

$10,172,500

  

For the 5 week period ending May 5, 2006

$9,672,500

  

For the 5 week period ending May 12, 2006

$9,711,250

  

For the 5 week period ending May 19, 2006

$10,813,250

  

For the 5 week period ending May 26, 2006

$10,563,250

  

For the 5 week period ending June 2, 2006

$9,563,251

  

For the 5 week period ending June 9, 2006

$9,563,251

  

For the 5 week period ending June 16, 2006

$9,813,251

  

For the 5 week period ending June 23, 2006

$10,000,000

  

For the 5 week period ending June 30, 2006

 

-5-


Notwithstanding the foregoing, Agent may, in its sole discretion, increase the covenant levels for any of the 5 week periods set forth above commencing with the period ending on or after May 5, 2006, to an amount not to exceed 85% of the gross amount of Sales for such period reflected in the most recent cash flow forecast delivered to Agent pursuant to Section 6.3(g).

4. Ratification. This Amendment, subject to satisfaction of the conditions provided below, shall constitute a waiver and amendment to the Loan Agreement and all of the Loan Documents as appropriate to express the agreements contained herein. Except as specifically set forth herein, the Loan Agreement and the Loan Documents shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect in accordance with their original terms.

5. Conditions to Effectiveness. This Amendment shall become effective as of the date hereof and upon the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

(a) Each party hereto shall have executed and delivered this Amendment to Agent;

(b) Agent shall have received the Additional Availability Fee described in Section 5 hereof;

(c) Borrowers shall have delivered to Agent such documents, agreements and instruments as may be requested or required by Agent in connection with this Amendment, each in form and content acceptable to Agent;

(d) No Default or Event of Default other than the Existing Defaults shall have occurred and be continuing on the date hereof or as of the date of the effectiveness of this Amendment; and

(e) All proceedings taken in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Amendment and all documents, instruments and other legal matters incident thereto shall be satisfactory to Agent and its legal counsel.

6. Additional Availability Fee. To induce Agent and Lenders to enter into this Amendment, Borrowers shall pay to Agent, for the benefit of Lenders, a non-reiundable fee equal to $100,000 (the “Additional Availability Fee”), which shall be due and payable on the date hereof.

 

-6-


7. Miscellaneous.

(a) Warranties and Absence of Defaults. To induce Agent and Lenders to enter into this Amendment, each Company hereby represents and warrants to Agent and Lenders that:

(i) The execution, delivery and performance by it of this Amendment and each of the other agreements, instruments and documents contemplated hereby are within its corporate power, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, have received all necessary governmental approval (if any shall be required), and do not and will not contravene or conflict with any provision of law applicable to it, its articles of incorporation and by-laws, any order, judgment or decree of any court or governmental agency, or any agreement, instrument or document binding upon it or any of its property;

(ii) Each of the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as amended by this Amendment, are the legal, valid and binding obligation of it enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be subject to (A) the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditor’s rights generally, and (B) general principles of equity;

(iii) The representations and warranties contained in the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents are true and accurate as of the date hereof with the same force and effect as if such had been made on and as of the date hereof; and

(iv) It has performed all of its obligations under the Loan Agreement and the Loan Documents to be performed by it on or before the date hereof and as of the date hereof, it is in compliance with all applicable terms and provisions of the Loan Agreement and each of the Loan Documents to be observed and performed by it and no event of default or other event which upon notice or lapse of time or both would constitute an event of default has occurred.

(b) Expenses. Companies, jointly and severally, agree to pay on demand all costs and expenses of Agent (including the reasonable fees and expenses of outside counsel for Agent) in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Amendment and all other instruments or documents provided for herein or delivered or to be delivered hereunder or in connection herewith. In addition, Companies agree, jointly and severally, to pay, and save Agent harmless from all liability for, any stamp or other taxes which may be payable in connection with the execution or delivery of this Amendment or the Loan Agreement, as amended hereby, and the execution and delivery of any instruments or documents provided for herein or delivered or to be delivered hereunder or in connection herewith. All obligations provided herein shall survive any termination of the Loan Agreement as amended hereby.

(c) Governing Law. This Amendment shall be a contract made under and governed by the internal laws of the State of Illinois.

(d) Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by the parties hereto on the same or separate counterparts, and each such counterpart, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same Amendment.

 

-7-


8. Release.

(a) In consideration of the agreements of Agent and Lenders contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, each Company, on behalf of itself and its successors, assigns, and other legal representatives, hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably releases, remises and forever discharges Agent and Lenders, and their successors and assigns, and their present and former shareholders, affiliates, subsidiaries, divisions, predecessors, directors, officers, attorneys, employees, agents and other representatives (Agent, each Lender and all such other Persons being hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Releasees” and individually as a “Releasee”), of and from all demands, actions, causes of action, suits, covenants, contracts, controversies, agreements, promises, sums of money, accounts, bills, reckonings, damages and any and all other claims, counterclaims, defenses, rights of set-off, demands and liabilities whatsoever (individually, a “Claim” and collectively, “Claims”) of every name and nature, known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, both at law and in equity, which such Company or any of its successors, assigns, or other legal representatives may now or hereafter own, hold, have or claim to have against the Releasees or any of them for, upon, or by reason of any circumstance, action, cause or thing whatsoever which arises at any time on or prior to the day and date of this Amendment, including, without limitation, for or on account of, or in relation to, or in any way in connection with any of the Loan Agreement, or any of the other Loan Documents or transactions thereunder or related thereto.

(b) Each Company understands, acknowledges and agrees that the release set forth above may be pleaded as a full and complete defense and may be used as a basis for an injunction against any action, suit or other proceeding which may be instituted, prosecuted or attempted in breach of the provisions of such release.

(c) Each Company agrees that no fact, event, circumstance, evidence or transaction which could now be asserted or which may hereafter be discovered shall affect in any manner the final, absolute and unconditional nature of the release set forth above.

[signature pages follow]

 

-8-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

BORROWERS:
TELOS CORPORATION,

a Maryland corporation

By  

/s/ Michael P. Flaherty

Title

 

EVP, General Counsel, CAO

XACTA CORPORATION,

a Delaware corporation

By  

/s/ Michael P. Flaherty

Title

 

EVP, General Counsel, CAO

CREDIT PARTIES:
TELOS DELAWARE, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By  

/s/ Michael P. Flaherty

Title

 

EVP, General Counsel, CAO

UBIQUITY.COM, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By  

/s/ Michael P. Flaherty

Title

 

EVP, General Counsel, CAO

Signature Page to Waiver and Ninth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement


TELOS.COM, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By  

/s/ Michael P. Flaherty

Title

 

EVP, General Counsel, CAO

TELOS INTERNATIONAL CORP.,

a Delaware corporation

By  

/s/ Michael P. Flaherty

Title

 

EVP, General Counsel, CAO

TELOS INTERNATIONAL ASIA, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By  

/s/ Michael P. Flaherty

Title

 

EVP, General Counsel, CAO

SECURE TRADE, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By  

/s/ Michael P. Flaherty

Title

 

EVP, General Counsel, CAO

KUWAIT INTERNATIONAL, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By  

/s/ Michael P. Flaherty

Title

 

EVP, General Counsel, CAO

Signature Page to Waiver and Ninth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement


TELOS INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By  

/s/ Michael P. Flaherty

Title

 

EVP, General Counsel, CAO

TELOS FIELD ENGINEERING, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By  

/s/ Michael P. Flaherty

Title

 

EVP, General Counsel, CAO

TELOS FEDERAL SYSTEMS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By  

/s/ Michael P. Flaherty

Title

 

EVP, General Counsel, CAO

AGENT AND LENDER:

WELLS FARGO FOOTHILL, INC. (formerly

known as Foothill Capital Corporation)

By     

Title

    

Signature Page to Waiver and Ninth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement


TELOS INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By     

Title

    
TELOS FIELD ENGINEERING, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By     

Title

    
TELOS FEDERAL SYSTEMS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By     

Title

    
AGENT AND LENDER:

WELLS FARGO FOOTHILL, INC. (formerly

known as Foothill Capital Corporation)

By  

/s/ David J. Sanchez

Title

 

V.P.

Signature Page to Waiver and Ninth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement

EXHIBIT 10.104

Exhibit 10.104

 

STATE OF MARYLAND   LOGO  

Department of Assessments and Taxation

CHARTER DIVISION

WILLIAM DONALD SCHAEFER Governor    

Room 809

301 West Presion Street

Baltimore. Maryland 21201

LLOYD W. JONES

Director

   

 

PAUL B. ANDERSON

Administrator

   

 

DOCUMENT CODE 13D   BUSINESS CODE                        COUNTY 74

# D0383075            ¨    P.A.        ¨     Reliqious        ¨     Close        ¨         Stock        ¨    Nonstock

 

Merging

   

Surviving

  

(Transferor)

 

_________________________________

 

(Transferee)

   _________________________________

___________________________________________

 

___________________________________________

___________________________________________

 

___________________________________________

___________________________________________

 

___________________________________________

 

CODE

 

AMOUNT

 

FEE REMITTED

    
10   70   Expedited Fee  

Name Change

20   5620   Organ. & Capitalization   (New Name) __________________________________
61   _____   Rec. Fee (Arts. of Inc.)   ____________________________________________
62   20   Rec. Fee (Amendment)  

 

____________________________________________

63   _____   Rec. Fee (Merger or Consolidation)  
64   _____   Rec. Fee (Transfer)           ¨     Change of Name
65   _____   Rec. Fee (Dissolution)           ¨    Change of Principal Office
66   _____   Rec. Fee (Revival)           ¨    Change of Resident Agent
52   _____   Foreign Qualification           ¨    Change of Resident Agent Address
50   _____   Cert. of Qual. or Reg.           ¨    Resignation of Resident Agent
51   _____   Foreign Name Registration  

        ¨                Designation of Resident Agent and Resident Agent’s Address

13   327   2 Certified Copy 320           ¨    Other Change__________________
56   _____   Penalty                   ____________________________________
54   _____   For. Supplemental Cert.  
53   _____   Foreign Resolution  
73   _____   Certificate of Conveyance  
        
        
76   _____   Certificate of Merger/Transfer  
        
                 Code 063
75   _____   Special Fee  
80   _____   For. Limited Partnership  
83   _____   Cert. Limited Partnership           ATTENTION:_______________________________
84   _____   Amendment to Limited Partnership           /s/Illegible                                                                        
85   _____   Termination of Limited Partnership  
21   _____   Recordation Tax  
22   _____   State Transfer Tax  
23   _____   Local Transfer Tax  
31   _____            Corp. Good Standing  
N/A   _____   Foreign Corp. Registration           MAIL TO ADDRESS: _______________________
87   _____                Limited Part. Good Standing  
71   _____   Financial           ________________________________________
600   _____                                                                 Personal Property Reports and                                      late filing penalties  
70   _____   Change of P.O., R.A. or R.A.A.           ________________________________________
91   _____   Amend/Cancellation, For. Limited Part.  
___   _____   Other _______________________________           ________________________________________
  _____   Other _______________________________  
              ________________________________________
TOTAL FEES   6037    

                                             ¨    Check                    ¨    Cash                                NOTE:

                1    Documents on    2    checks

                        APPROVED BY:    A


TELOS CORPORATION

CERTIFICATE OF RESOLUTION

The undersigned, Andrea L. Ayoub, hereby certifies that she is the Secretary of Telos Corporation, a Maryland corporation (“the Corporation”), and that at a special telephonic meeting of the Board of Directors held on March 8, 2000, the following resolutions were adopted and remain in full force and effect without modification.

 

RESOLVED:

   That Article V “Officers” of the bylaws of the Corporation by and hereby is amended to read as follows:
   Section 7a. Executive Chairman of the Board. The Board of Directors may designate an executive chairman of the board in addition to the chairman of the Board of Directors. The executive chairman shall be an officer of the corporation. The chief executive officer or, in the absence of a designation of chief executive officer, the president shall report to the executive chairman of the Board of Directors. In the absence of the chairman of the Board of Directors, the executive chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside over the meetings of the Board of Directors and of stockholders at which he shall be present.

Executed this 8th day of March, 2000.

 

/s/ Andrea L. Ayoub

Andrea L. Ayoub


TELOS CORPORATION

(a Maryland corporation)

Resolution Amending Bylaws

 

RESOLVED:

   That Article IV, Section 1 of the Bylaws of the Corporation be and is hereby amended to read as follows:
   NUMBER, TENURE AND QUALIFICATIONS. The Board of Directors may appoint from among its members an Executive Committee, an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and other committees, composed of one or more members, to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.


TELOS CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. PRINCIPAL OFFICE. The principal office of the Corporation shall be located at such place or places as the Board of Directors may designate.

Section 2. ADDITIONAL OFFICES. The Corporation may have additional offices at such places as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. PLACE. All meetings of stockholders shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation or at such other place within the United States as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting.

Section 2. ANNUAL MEETING. An annual meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors and the transaction of any business within the powers of the Corporation shall be held on a date and at the time set by the Board of Directors during the month of May in each year.

Section 3. SPECIAL MEETINGS. The president, chief executive officer or Board of Directors may call special meetings of the stockholders. Special meetings of stockholders shall also be called by the secretary of the Corporation upon the written request of the holders of shares entitled to cast not less than 25% of all the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting. Such request shall state the purpose of such meeting and the matters proposed to be acted on at such meeting. The secretary shall inform such stockholders of the reasonably estimated cost of preparing and mailing notice of the meeting and, upon payment to the Corporation by such stockholders of such costs, the secretary shall give notice to each stockholder entitled to notice of the meeting. Unless requested by the stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting, a special meeting need not be called to consider any matter which is substantially the same as a matter voted on at any special meeting of the stockholders held during the preceding twelve months.


Section 4. NOTICE. Not less than ten nor more than 90 days before each meeting of stockholders, the secretary shall give to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting written or printed notice stating the time and place of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting or as otherwise may be required by any statute, the purpose for which the meeting is called, either by mail or by presenting it to such stockholder personally or by leaving it at his residence or usual place of business. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail addressed to the stockholder at his post office address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid.

Section 5. SCOPE OF NOTICE. Any business of the Corporation may be transacted at an annual meeting of stockholders without being specifically designated in the notice, except such business as is required by any statute to be stated in such notice. No business shall be transacted at a special meeting of stockholders except as specifically designated in the notice.

Section 6. ORGANIZATION. At every meeting of stockholders, the chairman of the board, if there be one, shall conduct the meeting or, in the case of vacancy in office or absence of the chairman of the board, one of the following officers present shall conduct the meeting in the order stated: the president, the vice presidents in their order of rank and seniority, or a chairman chosen by the stockholders entitled to cast a majority of the votes which all stockholders present in person or by proxy are entitled to cast, shall act as chairman, and the secretary, or, in his absence, an assistant secretary, or in the absence of both the secretary and assistant secretaries, a person appointed by the chairman shall act as secretary.

Section 7. QUORUM. At any meeting of stockholders, the presence in person or by proxy of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting shall constitute a quorum; but this section shall not affect any requirement under any statute or the charter of the Corporation for the vote necessary for the adoption of any measure. If, however, such quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, present in person or by proxy, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date without notice other than announcement at the meeting. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.

Section 8. VOTING. A plurality of all the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders duly called and at which a quorum is present shall be sufficient to elect a director. Each share may be voted for as many individuals as there are directors to be elected and for whose

 

– 2 –


election the share is entitled to be voted. A majority of the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders duly called and at which a quorum is present shall be sufficient to approve any other matter which may properly come before the meeting, unless more than a majority of the votes cast is required by statute or by the charter of the Corporation. Unless otherwise provided in the charter, each outstanding share, regardless of class, shall be entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders.

Section 9. PROXIES. A stockholder may vote the stock owned of record by him, either in person or by proxy executed in writing by the stockholder or by his duly authorized attorney in fact. Such proxy shall be filed with the secretary of the Corporation before or at the time of the meeting. No proxy shall be valid after eleven months from the date of its execution, unless otherwise provided in the proxy.

Section 10. VOTING OF STOCK BY CERTAIN HOLDERS. Stock of the Corporation registered in the name of a corporation, partnership, trust or other entity, if entitled to be voted, may be voted by the president or a vice president, a general partner or trustee thereof, as the case may be, or a proxy appointed by any of the foregoing individuals, unless some other person who has been appointed to vote such stock pursuant to a bylaw or a resolution of the governing body of such corporation or other entity or agreement of the partners of a partnership presents a certified copy of such bylaw, resolution or agreement, in which case such person may vote such stock. Any director or other fiduciary may vote stock registered in his name as such fiduciary, either in person or by proxy.

Shares of stock of the Corporation directly or indirectly owned by it shall not be voted at any meeting and shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares entitled to be voted at any given time, unless they are held by it in a fiduciary capacity, in which case they may be voted and shall be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares at any given time.

The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution a procedure by which a stockholder may certify in writing to the Corporation that any shares of stock registered in the name of the stockholder are held for the account of a specified person other than the stockholder. The resolution shall set forth the class of stockholders who may make the certification, the purpose for which the certification may be made, the form of certification and the information to be contained in it; if the certification is with respect to a record date or closing of the stock transfer books, the time after the record date or closing of the stock transfer books within which the certification must be received by the Corporation; and any other provisions with respect to the procedure which the Board of Directors considers necessary or desirable. On receipt of such

 

– 3 –


certification, the person specified in the certification shall be regarded as, for the purposes set forth in the certification, the stockholder of record of the specified stock in place of the stockholder who makes the certification.

Title 3, Subtitle 7 of the Corporations and Associations Article of the Annotated Code of Maryland, entitled “Voting Rights of Certain Control Shares” (or any successor statute), shall not apply to the shares of the Corporation’s common stock acquired by C3 Acquisition Corp. or any other affiliate of Knoll Capital Management L.P. if such shares are acquired pursuant to the “Revised Offer” as such term is defined in that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger among Knoll Capital Management L.P., C3 Acquisition Corp. and C3, Inc., dated as of May 4, 1989.

Title 3, Subtitle 7 of the Corporations and Associations Article of the Annotated Code of Maryland or any successor statute does not apply to the voting rights of any shares of stock of the Corporation acquired by any person after the adoption of this Section on January 13, 1992 and prior to the amendment of this Section on March 13, 1995. All shares issued on January 13, 1992 shall be deemed to have been issued after the adoption of this Section.

Section 11. INSPECTORS. At any meeting of stockholders, the chairman of the meeting may, or upon the request of any stockholder shall, appoint one or more persons as inspectors for such meeting. Such inspectors shall ascertain and report the number of shares represented at the meeting based upon their determination of the validity and effect of proxies, count all votes, report the results and perform such other acts as are proper to conduct the election and voting with impartiality and fairness to all the stockholders.

Each report of an inspector shall be in writing and signed by him or by a majority of them if there is more than one inspector acting at such meeting. If there is more than one inspector, the report of a majority shall be the report of the inspectors. The report of the inspector or inspectors on the number of shares represented at the meeting and the results of the voting shall be prima facie evidence thereof.

Section 12. NOMINATIONS AND STOCKHOLDER BUSINESS

(a) Annual Meetings of Stockholders. (1) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders (i) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this

 

– 4 –


Section 12(a), who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 12(a).

(2) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of paragraph (a)(1) of this Section 12, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than 60 days nor more than 90 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than 30 days or delayed by more than 60 days from such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the 90th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 60th day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth (i) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); (ii) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (iii) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made, (x) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner and (y) the number of shares of each class of stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner.

(3) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of paragraph (a)(2) of this Section 12 to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors made by the Corporation at least 70 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 12(a) shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the

 

– 5 –


close of business on the tenth day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

(b) Special Meetings of Stockholders. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected (i) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (iii) provided that the Board of Directors has determined that directors shall be elected at such special meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section 12(b), who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 12(b). In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if the stockholder’s notice containing the information required by paragraph (a)(2) of this Section 12 shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the 90th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 60th day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting.

(c) General. (1) Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 12 shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 12. The presiding officer of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 12 and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with this Section 12, to declare that such defective nomination or proposal be disregarded.

(2) For purposes of this Section 12, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

(3) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 12, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of state law and of the Exchange Act and the rules and

 

– 6 –


regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 12. Nothing in this Section 12 shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.

Section 13. VOTING BY BALLOT. Voting on any question or in any election may be viva voce unless the presiding officer shall order or any stockholder shall demand that voting be by ballot.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 1. GENERAL POWERS. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of its Board of Directors.

Section 2. NUMBER, TENURE AND QUALIFICATIONS. At any regular meeting or at any special meeting called for that purpose, a majority of the entire Board of Directors may establish, increase or decrease the number of directors, provided that the number thereof shall never be less than the minimum number required by the Maryland General Corporation Law, nor more than 15, and further provided that the tenure of office of a director shall not be affected by any decrease in the number of directors.

Section 3. ANNUAL AND REGULAR MEETINGS. An annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders, no notice other than this Bylaw being necessary. The Board of Directors may provide, by resolution, the time and place, either within or without the State of Maryland, for the holding of regular meetings of the Board of Directors without other notice than such resolution.

Section 4. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by or at the request of the chairman of the board, president or by a majority of the directors then in office. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Directors may fix any place, either within or without the State of Maryland, as the place for holding any special meeting of the Board of Directors called by them.

Section 5. NOTICE. Notice of any special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be delivered personally or by telephone, facsimile transmission, United states mail or courier to each director at his business or residence address. Notice by personal delivery, by telephone or a facsimile transmission shall be given at least two days prior to the meeting. Notice by mail shall be given at least five days prior to the meeting and shall be deemed to be given when

 

– 7 –


deposited in the United States mail properly addressed, with postage thereon prepaid. Telephone notice shall be deemed to be given when the director is personally given such notice in a telephone call to which he is a party. Facsimile transmission notice shall be deemed to be given upon completion of the transmission of the message to the number given to the Corporation by the director and receipt of a completed answer-back indicating receipt. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any annual, regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors need be stated in the notice, unless specifically required by statute or these Bylaws.

Section 6. QUORUM. A majority of the directors shall constitute a quorum for transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, provided that, if less than a majority of such directors are present at said meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice, and provided further that if, pursuant to the charter of the Corporation or these Bylaws, the vote of a majority of a particular group of directors is required for action, a quorum must also include a majority of such group.

The Board of Directors present at a meeting which has been duly called and convened may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough directors to leave less than a quorum.

Section 7. VOTING. The action of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the action of the Board of Directors, unless the concurrence of a greater proportion is required for such action by applicable statute.

Section 8. TELEPHONE MEETINGS. Directors may participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time. Participation in a meeting by these means shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

Section 9. INFORMAL ACTION BY DIRECTORS. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting, if a consent in writing to such action is signed by each director and such written consent is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors.

Section 10. VACANCIES. If for any reason any or all the directors cease to be directors, such event shall not terminate the Corporation or affect these Bylaws or the powers of the remaining directors hereunder (even if fewer than three directors remain). Any vacancy on the Board of Directors for any cause other than an increase in the number of directors shall be filled by a majority of the remaining directors, although such majority is less than a quorum. Any vacancy in the number of directors created by an increase in the

 

– 8 –


number of directors may be filled by a majority vote of the entire Board of Directors. Any individual so elected as director shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his successor is elected and qualifies.

Section 11. COMPENSATION. Directors shall not receive any stated salary for their services as directors but, by resolution of the Audit Committee, may receive fixed sums per year and/or per meeting and/or per visit to real property or other facilities owned or leased by the Corporation and for any service or activity they performed or engaged in as directors. Directors may be reimbursed for expenses of attendance, if any, at each annual, regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof and for their expenses, if any, in connection with each property visit and any other service or activity they performed or engaged in as directors; but nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any directors from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

Section 12. LOSS OF DEPOSITS. No director shall be liable for any loss which may occur by reason of the failure of the bank, trust company, savings and loan association, or other institution with whom moneys or stock have been deposited.

Section 13. SURETY BONDS. Unless required by law, no director shall be obligated to give any bond or surety or other security for the performance of any of his duties.

Section 14. RELIANCE. Each director, officer, employee and agent of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his duties with respect to the Corporation, be fully justified and protected with regard to any act or failure to act in reliance in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Corporation, upon an opinion of counsel or upon reports made to the Corporation by any of its officers or employees or by the adviser, accountants, appraisers or other experts or consultants selected by the Board of Directors or officers of the Corporation, regardless of whether such counsel or expert may also be a director.

Section 15. REMOVAL. A director may be removed in the manner set forth in the law or in the charter of the Corporation.

Section 16. CERTAIN RIGHTS OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS. The directors shall have no responsibility to devote their full time to the affairs of the Corporation. Any director of the Corporation, in his personal capacity or in a capacity as an affiliate, employee, or agent of any other person, or otherwise, may have business interests and engage in business activities similar to or in addition to or in competition with those of or relating to the Corporation after disclosure to the Corporation and approval by the Board of Directors.

 

– 9 –


ARTICLE IV

COMMITTEES

Section 1. NUMBER, TENURE AND QUALIFICATIONS. The Board of Directors may appoint from among its members an Executive Committee, an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and other committees, composed of two or more directors, to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.

Section 2. POWERS. The Board of Directors may delegate to committees appointed under Section 1 of this Article any of the powers of the Board of Directors, except as prohibited by law.

Section 3. MEETINGS. Notice of committee meetings shall be given in the same manner as notice for special meetings of the Board of Directors. A majority of the members of the committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the committee. The act of a majority of the committee members present at a meeting shall be the act of such committee. The Board of Directors may designate a chairman of any committee, and such chairman or any two members of any committee may fix the time and place of its meeting unless the Board shall otherwise provide. In the absence of any member of any such committee, the members thereof present at any meeting, whether or not they constitute a quorum, may appoint another director to act in the place of such absent member. Each committee shall keep minutes of its proceedings.

Section 4. TELEPHONE MEETINGS. Members of a committee of the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time. Participation in a meeting by these means shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

Section 5. INFORMAL ACTION BY COMMITTEES. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting, if a consent in writing to such action is signed by each member of the committee and such written consent is filed with the minutes of proceedings of such committee.

Section 6. VACANCIES. Subject to the provisions hereof, the Board of Directors shall have the power at any time to change the membership of any committee, to fill all vacancies, to designate alternate members to replace any absent or disqualified member or to dissolve any such committee.

 

– 10 –


ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS. The officers of the Corporation shall include a chief executive officer, a president, a secretary and a treasurer and may include one or more vice presidents, a chief operating officer, a chief financial officer, one or more assistant secretaries and one or more assistant treasurers. In addition, the Board of Directors may from time to time appoint such other officers with such powers and duties as they shall deem necessary or desirable. The chairman of the board shall not be an officer of the Corporation. The officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at the first meeting of the Board of Directors held after each annual meeting of stockholders, except that the chief executive officer may appoint one or more vice presidents, assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers. If the election of officers shall not be held at such meeting, such election shall be held as soon thereafter as may be convenient. Each officer shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualifies or until his death, resignation or removal in the manner hereinafter provided. Any two or more offices except president and vice president may be held by the same person. In its discretion, the Board of Directors may leave unfilled any office except that of president, treasurer and secretary. Election of an officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights between the Corporation and such officer or agent.

Section 2. REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION. Any officer or agent of the Corporation may be removed by the Board of Directors if in its judgment the best interests of the Corporation would be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. Any officer of the Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice of his resignation to the Board of Directors, the president or the secretary. Any resignation shall take effect at any time subsequent to the time specified therein or, if the time when it shall become effective is not specified therein, immediately upon its receipt. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless otherwise stated in the resignation. Such resignation shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the Corporation.

Section 3. VACANCIES. A vacancy in any office may be filled by the Board of Directors for the balance of the term.

Section 4. CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER. The Board of Directors may designate a chief executive officer. In the absence of such designation, the president shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation. The chief executive officer shall have general responsibility for implementation of the policies of the Corporation,

 

– 11 –


as determined by the Board of Directors, and for the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation.

Section 5. CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER. The Board of Directors may designate a chief operating officer. The chief operating officer shall have the responsibilities and duties as set forth by the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer.

Section 6. CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER. The Board of Directors may designate a chief financial officer. The chief financial officer shall have the responsibilities and duties as set forth by the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer.

Section 7. CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. The Board of Directors shall designate a chairman of the board. The chairman of the board shall preside over the meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which he shall be present.

Section 8. PRESIDENT. The president or chief executive officer, as the case may be, shall in general supervise and control all of the business and affairs of the Corporation. In the absence of a designation of a chief operating officer by the Board of Directors, the president shall be the chief operating officer. He may execute any deed, mortgage, bond, contract or other instrument, except in cases where the execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation or shall be required by law to be otherwise executed; and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of president and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors from time to time.

Section 9. VICE PRESIDENTS. In the absence of the president or in the event of a vacancy in such office, the vice president (or in the event there be more than one vice president, the vice presidents in the order designated at the time of their election or, in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the president and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president; and shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the president or by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may designate one or more vice presidents as executive vice president or as vice president for particular areas of responsibility.

Section 10. SECRETARY. The secretary shall (a) keep the minutes of the proceedings of the stockholders, the Board of Directors and committees of the Board of Directors in one or more books provided for that purpose; (b) see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws or as required by law; (c) be custodian of the corporate records and of the seal of the Corporation; (d) keep a register of the post office address of each

 

– 12 –


stockholder which shall be furnished to the secretary by such stockholder; (e) have general charge of the share transfer books of the Corporation; and (f) in general perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the chief executive officer, the president or by the Board of Directors.

Section 11. TREASURER. The treasurer shall have the custody of the funds and securities of the Corporation and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. In the absence of a designation of a chief financial officer by the Board of Directors, the treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the Corporation.

The treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the president and Board of Directors, at the regular meetings of the Board of Directors or whenever it may so require, an account of all his transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation.

If required by the Board of Directors, the treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, moneys and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the Corporation.

Section 12. ASSISTANT SECRETARIES AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS. The assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers, in general, shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the secretary or treasurer, respectively, or by the president or the Board of Directors. The assistant treasurers shall, if required by the Board of Directors, give bonds for the faithful performance of their duties in such sums and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors.

Section 13. SALARIES. The salaries and other compensation of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary or other compensation by reason of the fact that he is also a director.

 

– 13 –


ARTICLE VI

CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS

Section 1. CONTRACTS. The Board of Directors may authorize any officer or agent to enter into any contract or to execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Any agreement, deed, mortgage, lease or other document executed by one or more of the directors or by an authorized person shall be valid and binding upon the Board of Directors and upon the Corporation when authorized or ratified by action of the Board of Directors.

Section 2. CHECKS AND DRAFTS. All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or agent of the Corporation in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.

Section 3. DEPOSITS. All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board of Directors may designate.

ARTICLE VII

STOCK

Section 1. CERTIFICATES. Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate or certificates which shall represent and certify the number of shares of each class of stock held by him in the Corporation. Each certificate shall be signed by the chief executive officer, the president or a vice president and countersigned by the secretary or an assistant secretary or the treasurer or an assistant treasurer and may be sealed with the seal, if any, of the Corporation. The signatures may be either manual or facsimile. Certificates shall be consecutively numbered; and if the Corporation shall, from time to time, issue several classes of stock, each class may have its own number series. A certificate is valid and may be issued whether or not an officer who signed it is still an officer when it is issued. Each certificate representing shares which are restricted as to their transferability or voting powers, which are preferred or limited as to their dividends or as to their allocable portion of the assets upon liquidation or which are redeemable at the option of the Corporation, shall have a statement of such restriction, limitation, preference or redemption provision, or a summary thereof, plainly stated on the certificate. If the Corporation has authority to issue stock of more than one class, the certificate shall contain on the face or back a full statement or summary of the designations and any preferences,

 

– 14 –


conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends and other distributions, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption of each class of stock and, if the Corporation is authorized to issue any preferred or special class in series, the differences in the relative rights and preferences between the shares of each series to the extent they have been set and the authority of the Board of Directors to set the relative rights and preferences of subsequent series. In lieu of such statement or summary, the certificate may state that the Corporation will furnish a full statement of such information to any stockholder upon request and without charge. If any class of stock is restricted by the Corporation as to transferability, the certificate shall contain a full statement of the restriction or state that the Corporation will furnish information about the restrictions to the stockholder on request and without charge.

Section 2. TRANSFERS. Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a stock certificate duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, the Corporation shall issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share of stock as the holder in fact thereof and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Maryland.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, transfers of shares of any class of stock will be subject in all respects to the charter of the Corporation and all of the terms and conditions contained therein.

Section 3. REPLACEMENT CERTIFICATE. Any officer designated by the Board of Directors may direct a new certificate to be issued in place of any certificate previously issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing the issuance of a new certificate, an officer designated by the Board of Directors may, in his discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or the owner’s legal representative to advertise the same in such manner as he shall require and/or to give bond, with sufficient surety, to the Corporation to indemnify it against any loss or claim which may arise as a result of the issuance of a new certificate.

 

– 15 –


Section 4. CLOSING OF TRANSFER BOOKS OR FIXING OF RECORD DATE. The Board of Directors may set, in advance, a record date for the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or determining stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or the allotment of any other rights, or in order to make a determination of stockholders for any other proper purpose. Such date, in any case, shall not be prior to the close of business on the day the record date is fixed and shall be not more than 90 days and, in the case of a meeting of stockholders, not less than ten days, before the date on which the meeting or particular action requiring such determination of stockholders of record is to be held or taken.

In lieu of fixing a record date, the Board of Directors may provide that the stock transfer books shall be closed for a stated period but not longer than 20 days. If the stock transfer books are closed for the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders, such books shall be closed for at least ten days before the date of such meeting.

If no record date is fixed and the stock transfer books are not closed for the determination of stockholders, (a) the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day on which the notice of meeting is mailed or the 30th day before the meeting, whichever is the closer date to the meeting; and (b) the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive payment of a dividend or an allotment of any other rights shall be the close of business on the day on which the resolution of the directors, declaring the dividend or allotment of rights, is adopted.

When a determination of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof, except when (i) the determination has been made through the closing of the transfer books and the stated period of closing has expired or (ii) the meeting is adjourned to a date more than 120 days after the record date fixed for the original meeting, in either of which case a new record date shall be determined as set forth herein.

Section 5. STOCK LEDGER. The Corporation shall maintain at its principal office or at the office of its counsel, accountants or transfer agent, an original or duplicate share ledger containing the name and address of each stockholder and the number of shares of each class held by such stockholder.

Section 6. FRACTIONAL STOCK; ISSUANCE OF UNITS. The Board of Directors may issue fractional stock or provide for the issuance of scrip, all on such terms and under such conditions as they

 

– 16 –


may determine. Notwithstanding any other provision of the charter or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may issue units consisting of different securities of the Corporation. Any security issued in a unit shall have the same characteristics as any identical securities issued by the Corporation, except that the Board of Directors may provide that for a specified period securities of the Corporation issued in such unit may be transferred on the books of the Corporation only in such unit.

ARTICLE VIII

ACCOUNTING YEAR

The Board of Directors shall have the power, from time to time, to fix the fiscal year of the Corporation by a duly adopted resolution.

ARTICLE IX

DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 1. AUTHORIZATION. Dividends and other distributions upon the stock of the Corporation may be authorized and declared by the Board of Directors, subject to the provisions of law and the charter of the Corporation. Dividends and other distributions may be paid in cash, property or stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of law and the charter.

Section 2. CONTINGENCIES. Before payment of any dividends or other distributions, there may be set aside out of any assets of the Corporation available for dividends or other distributions such sum or sums as the Board of Directors may from time to time, in its absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve fund for contingencies, for equalizing dividends or other distributions, for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall determine to be in the best interest of the Corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

ARTICLE X

INVESTMENT POLICY

Subject to the provisions of the charter of the Corporation, the Board of Directors may from time to time adopt, amend, revise or terminate any policy or policies with respect to investments by the Corporation as it shall deem appropriate in its sole discretion.

 

– 17 –


ARTICLE XI

SEAL

Section 1. SEAL. The Board of Directors may authorize the adoption of a seal by the Corporation. The seal shall contain the name of the Corporation and the year of its incorporation and the words “Incorporated Maryland.” The Board of Directors may authorize one or more duplicate seals and provide for the custody thereof.

Section 2. AFFIXING SEAL. Whenever the Corporation is permitted or required to affix its seal to a document, it shall be sufficient to meet the requirements of any law, rule or regulation relating to a seal to place the word “(SEAL)” adjacent to the signature of the person authorized to execute the document on behalf of the Corporation.

ARTICLE XII

INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCES FOR EXPENSES

To the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, the Corporation, without requiring a preliminary determination of the ultimate entitlement to indemnification, shall indemnify and shall pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to (a) any individual who is a present or former director or officer of the Corporation and who is made a party to the proceeding by reason of his service in that capacity or (b) any individual who, while a director of the Corporation and at the request of the Corporation, serves or has served another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or any other enterprise as a director, officer, partner or trustee of such corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise and who is made a party to the proceeding by reason of his service in that capacity. The Corporation may, with the approval of its Board of Directors, provide such indemnification and advance for expenses to a person who served a predecessor of the Corporation in any of the capacities described in (a) or (b) above and to any employee or agent of the Corporation or a predecessor of the Corporation.

Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article, nor the adoption or amendment of any other provision of the Bylaws or charter of the Corporation inconsistent with this Article, shall apply to or affect in any respect the applicability of the preceding paragraph with respect to any act or failure to act which occurred prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption.

 

– 18 –

EXHIBIT 21

Exhibit 21

Subsidiary List

Active subsidiaries of the Company as of December 31, 2005:

 

Company Name

  

State of Incorporation

Ubiquity.com, Inc.

   Delaware

Xacta Corporation

   Delaware

Telos Delaware, Inc.

   Delaware

Enterworks International, Inc.

   Delaware
EXHIBIT 31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, John B. Wood, Chief Executive Officer of Telos Corporation, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Telos Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and we have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

c) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s fourth quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: May 22, 2006

/s/ John B. Wood

John B. Wood

Chief Executive Officer

EXHIBIT 31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Michele Nakazawa, Chief Financial Officer of Telos Corporation, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Telos Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and we have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

c) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: May 22, 2006

/s/ Michele Nakazawa

Michele Nakazawa

Chief Financial Officer

EXHIBIT 32

Exhibit 32

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Telos Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2005 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “report”), I, John B. Wood, Chief Executive Officer of the Company and I, Michele Nakazawa, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, each certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) to my knowledge, the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: May 22, 2006

/s/ John B. Wood

John B. Wood

Chief Executive Officer

Date: May 22, 2006

/s/ Michele Nakazawa

Michele Nakazawa

Chief Financial Officer